US20140067069A1 - Artificial disc - Google Patents
Artificial disc Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20140067069A1 US20140067069A1 US13/794,067 US201313794067A US2014067069A1 US 20140067069 A1 US20140067069 A1 US 20140067069A1 US 201313794067 A US201313794067 A US 201313794067A US 2014067069 A1 US2014067069 A1 US 2014067069A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- body portion
- implant
- dilator tube
- dilator
- access cannula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/44—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
- A61F2/442—Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient
- A61F2/4425—Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient made of articulated components
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3417—Details of tips or shafts, e.g. grooves, expandable, bendable; Multiple coaxial sliding cannulas, e.g. for dilating
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/44—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
- A61F2/4455—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs for the fusion of spinal bodies, e.g. intervertebral fusion of adjacent spinal bodies, e.g. fusion cages
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/44—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
- A61F2/4455—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs for the fusion of spinal bodies, e.g. intervertebral fusion of adjacent spinal bodies, e.g. fusion cages
- A61F2/447—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs for the fusion of spinal bodies, e.g. intervertebral fusion of adjacent spinal bodies, e.g. fusion cages substantially parallelepipedal, e.g. having a rectangular or trapezoidal cross-section
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/46—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
- A61F2/4603—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
- A61F2/4611—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof of spinal prostheses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/16—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans
- A61B17/1659—Surgical rasps, files, planes, or scrapers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/16—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans
- A61B17/1662—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans for particular parts of the body
- A61B17/1671—Bone cutting, breaking or removal means other than saws, e.g. Osteoclasts; Drills or chisels for bones; Trepans for particular parts of the body for the spine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/00234—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
- A61B2017/00238—Type of minimally invasive operation
- A61B2017/00261—Discectomy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/32—Surgical cutting instruments
- A61B2017/320004—Surgical cutting instruments abrasive
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/32—Surgical cutting instruments
- A61B2017/320004—Surgical cutting instruments abrasive
- A61B2017/320008—Scrapers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3417—Details of tips or shafts, e.g. grooves, expandable, bendable; Multiple coaxial sliding cannulas, e.g. for dilating
- A61B17/3421—Cannulas
- A61B2017/3443—Cannulas with means for adjusting the length of a cannula
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
- A61B17/34—Trocars; Puncturing needles
- A61B17/3417—Details of tips or shafts, e.g. grooves, expandable, bendable; Multiple coaxial sliding cannulas, e.g. for dilating
- A61B17/3421—Cannulas
- A61B2017/3445—Cannulas used as instrument channel for multiple instruments
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30108—Shapes
- A61F2002/3011—Cross-sections or two-dimensional shapes
- A61F2002/30159—Concave polygonal shapes
- A61F2002/30179—X-shaped
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30329—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements
- A61F2002/30331—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements made by longitudinally pushing a protrusion into a complementarily-shaped recess, e.g. held by friction fit
- A61F2002/30362—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements made by longitudinally pushing a protrusion into a complementarily-shaped recess, e.g. held by friction fit with possibility of relative movement between the protrusion and the recess
- A61F2002/30364—Rotation about the common longitudinal axis
- A61F2002/30365—Rotation about the common longitudinal axis with additional means for limiting said rotation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30535—Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30565—Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for having spring elements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30535—Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30579—Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for with mechanically expandable devices, e.g. fixation devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30535—Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30617—Visible markings for adjusting, locating or measuring
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2/30771—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
- A61F2002/30772—Apertures or holes, e.g. of circular cross section
- A61F2002/30784—Plurality of holes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2/30771—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
- A61F2002/3082—Grooves
- A61F2002/30827—Plurality of grooves
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2/30771—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
- A61F2002/30878—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves with non-sharp protrusions, for instance contacting the bone for anchoring, e.g. keels, pegs, pins, posts, shanks, stems, struts
- A61F2002/30879—Ribs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/44—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
- A61F2/442—Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient
- A61F2/4425—Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient made of articulated components
- A61F2002/443—Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient made of articulated components having two transversal endplates and at least one intermediate component
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/46—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
- A61F2/4603—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
- A61F2002/4625—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof with relative movement between parts of the instrument during use
- A61F2002/4627—Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof with relative movement between parts of the instrument during use with linear motion along or rotating motion about the instrument axis or the implantation direction, e.g. telescopic, along a guiding rod, screwing inside the instrument
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2220/00—Fixations or connections for prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2220/0008—Fixation appliances for connecting prostheses to the body
- A61F2220/0016—Fixation appliances for connecting prostheses to the body with sharp anchoring protrusions, e.g. barbs, pins, spikes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2220/00—Fixations or connections for prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
- A61F2220/0025—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements
- A61F2220/0033—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements made by longitudinally pushing a protrusion into a complementary-shaped recess, e.g. held by friction fit
Definitions
- the present application relates to medical devices and, more particularly, to a medical device and method for treating the spine.
- the human spine is a flexible weight bearing column formed from a plurality of bones called vertebrae.
- vertebrae There are thirty-three vertebrae, which can be grouped into one of five regions (cervical, thoracic, lumbar, sacral, and coccygeal).
- cervical vertebrae Moving down the spine, there are generally seven cervical vertebrae, twelve thoracic vertebrae, five lumbar vertebrae, five sacral vertebrae, and four coccygeal vertebrae.
- the vertebrae of the cervical, thoracic, and lumbar regions of the spine are typically separate throughout the life of an individual.
- the vertebra of the sacral and coccygeal regions in an adult are fused to form two bones, the five sacral vertebrae which form the sacrum and the four coccygeal vertebrae which form the coccyx.
- each vertebra contains an anterior, solid segment or body and a posterior segment or arch.
- the arch is generally formed of two pedicles and two laminae, supporting seven processes—four articular, two transverse, and one spinous.
- the first cervical vertebra (atlas vertebra) has neither a body nor spinous process.
- the second cervical vertebra (axis vertebra) has an odontoid process, which is a strong, prominent process, shaped like a tooth, rising perpendicularly from the upper surface of the body of the axis vertebra.
- odontoid process is a strong, prominent process, shaped like a tooth, rising perpendicularly from the upper surface of the body of the axis vertebra.
- the human vertebrae and associated connective elements are subjected to a variety of diseases and conditions which cause pain and disability. Among these diseases and conditions are spondylosis, spondylolisthesis, vertebral instability, spinal stenosis and degenerated, herniated, or degenerated and herniated intervertebral discs. Additionally, the vertebrae and associated connective elements are subject to injuries, including fractures and torn ligaments and surgical manipulations, including laminectomies.
- spinal fusion is one such method.
- spinal fusion one or more of the vertebra of the spine are united together (“fused”) so that motion no longer occurs between them.
- spinal fusion is the process by which the damaged disc is replaced and the spacing between the vertebrae is restored, thereby eliminating the instability and removing the pressure on neurological elements that cause pain.
- Spinal fusion can be accomplished by providing an intervertebral implant between adjacent vertebrae to recreate the natural intervertebral spacing between adjacent vertebrae.
- osteogenic substances such as autogenous bone graft or bone allograft, can be strategically implanted adjacent the implant to prompt bone in-growth in the intervertebral space.
- the bone ingrowth promotes long-term fixation of the adjacent vertebrae.
- Various posterior fixation devices e.g., fixation rods, screws etc.
- fixation rods, screws etc. can also be utilize to provide additional stabilization during the fusion process.
- intervertebral implants and techniques are associated with another disadvantage.
- these techniques typically involve an open surgical procedure, which results in higher cost, lengthy in-patient hospital stays and the pain associated with open procedures.
- many intervertebral implants are inserted anteriorly while posterior fixation devices are inserted posteriorly. This results in additional movement of the patient. Therefore, there remains a need in the art for an improved apparatus and method for introducing an intervertebral implant.
- One embodiment comprises an intervertebral implant that includes a first body portion comprising a first member, a second member, and a first joint portion.
- a first shaft is provide such that the first member and the second member are pivotable around the shaft.
- a second body portion comprises a first member, a second member, and a second joint portion.
- a second shaft is provided and the first member of the second body portion and the second member of the second body portion are pivotable around the shaft.
- the first joint portion is removably connected to the second joint portion.
- the first and second body portions can include one or more aperture, one or more textured surfaces, and/or a bioactive coating.
- the one or more textured surfaces can include a ribbed surface, spikes, or other features to engage or anchor the implant into the bone and resist movement.
- the first joint portion and the second joint portion form a ball and socket joint.
- the implant includes one or more depressions configured for interaction with a deployment tool.
- Another embodiment comprises an intervertebral implant that includes a body portion including a first member and a second member.
- the first body portion includes an open configuration and a closed configuration.
- a shaft extends through the first body portion and the first member of the first body portion and the second member are pivotable around the shaft from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
- the body portion includes a motion limiting portion to limit rotational movement of first member relative to the second member when the body portion is in the open configuration.
- the first member can be configured to translate along a central axis of the shaft.
- one or more surfaces of the body portion can include a textured surface, one or more apertures, and/or a bioactive coating.
- the textured surface can include a ribbed surface, spikes, or other features to engage or anchor the implant into the bone and resist movement.
- the body portion can include one or more depressions configured for interaction with a deployment tool.
- the body portion can include a spring-loaded mechanism capable of transitioning the body portion from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
- Another embodiment comprises a method of performing orthopedic surgery.
- the method includes engaging a first body portion with a deployment tool, delivering the first body portion into an intervertebral space; and transitioning the first body portion from a closed configuration to an open configuration.
- delivering the first body portion can include delivering the first body portion through a posterolateral approach.
- delivering the first body portion through the posterolateral approach can include delivering the first body portion through a Kambin's triangle.
- the method can include: engaging a second body portion with the deployment tool; delivering the second body portion into the intervertebral space; and transitioning the second body portion from a closed configuration to an open configuration.
- the method can include connecting a first joint portion of the first body portion to a second joint portion of the second body portion.
- FIG. 1 is a lateral elevational view of a portion of a vertebral column.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic side view of Kambin's triangle.
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view of an access cannula in positioned against a vertebral column.
- FIG. 4A is a plan view of a first and second dilator tubes in a combined position.
- FIG. 4B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of the first and second dilator tubes shown in FIG. 4A .
- FIG. 5A is a plan view of a third dilator tube.
- FIG. 5B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of the third dilator tube shown in FIG. 5A .
- FIG. 6A is a side view of the access cannula shown in FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 6B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of the access cannula shown in FIG. 6A .
- FIG. 7A is a perspective view of a dilation introducer comprising the first and second dilator tubes of FIG. 4A , the third dilator tube of FIG. 5A and the access cannula of FIG. 6A .
- FIG. 7B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of dilation introducer shown in FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 8A is a perspective view of the dilation introducer of FIG. 7A positioned against the spine.
- FIG. 8B is an enlarged detail view of the second dilator tube of FIG. 7A introduced over the first dilator tube of FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the dilation introducer of FIG. 7A , with the third dilator tube introduced over the second dilator tube.
- FIGS. 10A-10D show another embodiment in which a trocar is used in place of the first dilator tube.
- FIG. 11 shows the access point before and after the foraminoplasty performed by the dilation introducer of FIG. 7A .
- FIG. 12A is a perspective view of the dilation introducer of FIG. 7A , with the access cannula introduced over the third dilator tube.
- FIG. 12B is a perspective view of the dilation introducer of FIG. 7A , with the access cannula rotated to protect the exiting nerve.
- FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the dilation introducer of FIG. 7A , with the first, second, and third dilator tubes removed, while the access cannula remains in place.
- FIG. 13 is a plan view of an intervertebral implant for delivery through the access cannula.
- FIG. 14A is a plan view of another embodiment of a first dilator tube.
- FIG. 14B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the first dilator tube shown in FIG. 14A .
- FIG. 14C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the first dilator tube shown in FIG. 14A .
- FIG. 15A is a plan view of another embodiment of a second dilator tube.
- FIG. 15B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the second dilator tube shown in FIG. 15A .
- FIG. 15C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the second dilator tube shown in FIG. 15A .
- FIG. 16A is a plan view of another embodiment of a third dilator tube.
- FIG. 16B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the third dilator tube shown in FIG. 16A .
- FIGS. 16C and 16D are enlarged detail views of the proximal end of the third dilator tube shown in FIG. 16A .
- FIG. 17A is a plan view of another embodiment of an access cannula.
- FIG. 17B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the access cannula shown in FIG. 17A .
- FIG. 17C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the access cannula shown in FIG. 17A .
- FIG. 18A is a plan view of another embodiment of a dilation introducer comprising the first dilator tube of FIG. 14A , the second dilator tube of FIG. 15A , the third dilator tube of FIG. 16A , and the access cannula of FIG. 17A .
- FIG. 18B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the dilation introducer shown in FIG. 18A .
- FIG. 18C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the dilation introducer shown in FIG. 18A .
- FIG. 19A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the dilation introducer of FIG. 18A .
- FIG. 19B is an enlarged detail of the longitudinal cross-sectional view shown in FIG. 19A .
- FIG. 20A is a plan view of a dilation introducer equipped with neuro-monitoring leads and a neuro-monitoring needle.
- FIG. 20B is a plan view of the neuro-monitoring needle shown in FIG. 20A .
- FIG. 20C is an enlarged detail view of a distal tip of a neuro-monitoring needle of FIG. 20A .
- FIG. 20D is an enlarged detail view of the neuro-monitoring leads shown in FIG. 20A .
- FIGS. 21-22 illustrate a first body portion of an implant in an open configuration.
- FIGS. 23-24 illustrate the first body portion in a closed configuration.
- FIGS. 25-26 illustrate a second body portion of the implant in an open configuration.
- FIG. 27 illustrates an intervertebral implant including the first body portion and the second body portion illustrated in FIGS. 21-26 .
- FIG. 28 illustrates a delivery of the first body portion through an access cannula.
- FIG. 29 is a perspective view of a deployment tool according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 30 is a side cross-sectional view of the deployment tool shown in FIG. 38 wherein an expandable implant is attached to a distal end thereof.
- an improved apparatus for inserting an intervertebral implant is provided.
- the apparatus may be used to insert surgical instruments and/or one or more intervertebral implants through a minimally invasive procedure to reduce trauma to the patient and thereby enhance recovery and improve overall results.
- minimally invasive Applicant means a procedure performed percutaneously through an access device in contrast to a typically more invasive open surgical procedure.
- intervertebral implant and spinal fusion are discussed in the context of an intervertebral implant and spinal fusion because of the device and methods have applicability and usefulness in such a field.
- the device can be used for fusion, for example, by inserting an intervertebral implant to properly space adjacent vertebrae in situations where a disc has ruptured or otherwise been damaged.
- “Adjacent” vertebrae can include those vertebrae originally separated only by a disc or those that are separated by intermediate vertebra and discs. Such embodiments can therefore be used to create proper disc height and spinal curvature as required in order to restore normal anatomical locations and distances.
- teachings and embodiments disclosed herein can be beneficially implemented in a variety of other operational settings, for spinal surgery and otherwise.
- intervertebral implant that can preserve at least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae.
- the intervertebral implant is configured to be inserted through the Kambin triangle (as described below) in a reduced cross-sectional profile. Once the implant is passed through the Kambin triangle, the implant can be converted into a second, larger cross-sectional profile in which the device can engage and maintain separation of the adjacent vertebra while still allowing least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae.
- FIG. 1 is a lateral view of a vertebral column 10 .
- the vertebral column 10 comprises a series of alternative vertebrae 11 and fibrous intervertebral discs 12 that provide axial support and movement to the upper portions of the body.
- the vertebral column 10 typically comprises thirty-three vertebrae 11 , with seven cervical (C1-C7), twelve thoracic (T1-T12), five lumbar (L1-L5), five fused sacral (S1-S5), and four fused coccygeal vertebrae.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic view of Kambin's triangle.
- This region 20 is the site of posterolateral access for spinal surgery. It can be defined as a right triangle over the intervertebral disc 12 viewed dorsolaterally.
- the hypotenuse is the exiting nerve 21
- the base is the superior border of the inferior vertebra 22
- the height is the traversing nerve root 23 .
- the intervertebral disc 12 is accessed through this region by performing a foraminoplasty in which a portion of the inferior vertebra is removed such that surgical instruments or implants can be introduced at this region of the spine. In such a procedure, it is often desired to protect the exiting nerve and the traversing nerve root.
- Apparatuses and methods for accessing the intervertebral disc through Kambin's triangle may involve performing endoscopic foraminoplasty while protecting the nerve will be discussed in more detail below.
- Utilizing foraminoplasty to access the intervertebral disc through Kambin's triangle can have several advantages (e.g., less or reduced trauma to the patient) as compared to accessing the intervertebral disc posteriorly or anteriorly as is typically done in the art.
- surgical procedures involving posterior access often require removal of the facet joint.
- transforaminal interbody lumbar fusion typically involves removal of one facet joint to create an expanded access path to the intervertebral disc. Removal of the facet joint can be very painful for the patient, and is associated with increased recovery time.
- accessing the intervertebral disc through Kambin's triangle may advantageously avoid the need to remove the facet joint.
- endoscopic foraminoplasty may provide for expanded access to the intervertebral disc without removal of a facet joint. Sparing the facet joint may reduce patient pain and blood loss associated with the surgical procedure.
- sparing the facet joint can advantageously permit the use of certain posterior fixation devices which utilize the facet joint for support (e.g., trans-facet screws, trans-pedicle screws, and/or pedicle screws). In this manner, such posterior fixation devices can be used in combination with interbody devices inserted through the Kambin's triangle.
- FIGS. 2-7B illustrate an embodiment of a dilation introducer 100 that can be used to perform percutaneous orthopedic surgery.
- the dilation introducer in the illustrated embodiments can comprise an access cannula 30 , and a first, second and third dilator tubes 40 , 45 , 60 .
- first, second and third dilator tubes 40 modified embodiments can include more or less dilator tubes and/or dilator tubes with modified features.
- the access cannula 30 can be eliminated from the introducer or modified.
- FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment of the access cannula 30 , which is shown in a position for performing surgery on an intervertebral disc, for instance transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion.
- the access cannula 30 in the illustrated embodiment has an inner lumen 31 that allows for surgical instruments and devices to pass through it to access the intervertebral disc 12 .
- the distal tip of the cannula can be oriented such that surgical instruments have access to the intervertebral disc without contacting with the exiting nerve.
- the position shown in FIG. 3 can be achieved by following the method disclosed herein, discussed in more detail below.
- FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate an embodiment of the first dilator tube 40 and second dilator tube 45 of the dilation introducer 100 .
- the first dilator tube 40 has a distal portion 41 , an outer radius 42 and a first longitudinal lumen 43 .
- the illustrated second dilator tube 45 has a distal portion 46 , an outer radius 47 and a second longitudinal lumen 48 .
- the first dilator tube can be received within the lumen of the second dilator tube.
- the outer radius 42 of the first dilator tube can be centered around a first longitudinal axis 44 .
- the outer radius 47 of the second dilator tube can be centered around a second longitudinal axis 49 .
- the second longitudinal axis 49 is laterally offset from the first longitudinal axis 44 .
- the outer radius of the first dilator tube is nearly equivalent to the inner radius of the second longitudinal lumen such that the first dilator tube can be slidably received within the second dilator tub.
- the second dilator tube 45 can include a handle 50 for rotating the tube independently of the first dilator tube 40 .
- a collar can be located distal to the handle, with an outer radius larger than the outer radius of the second dilator tube, but smaller than the outer radius of the handle.
- the first dilator tube 40 can also a separate handle which can be locked together with the handle 50 of the second dilator tube 45 .
- the first and second dilator tubes 40 , 45 can locked longitudinally locked together, such that slidable movement of the first tube with respect to the second is restricted.
- the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube has a flattened edge. This flattened edge advantageously prevents the second dilator tube 45 from penetrating the disc.
- FIG. 4B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portions of the first and second dilator tubes 40 , 45 of FIG. 4A .
- the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube 45 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section, configured such that when the first dilator tube 40 is received within the second dilator tube 45 , the outer radial surface of the first dilator tube 40 is partially exposed at the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube 45 .
- the opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of the second dilator tube can be oriented opposite the second longitudinal axis 49 with respect to the first longitudinal axis 44 .
- the second dilator tube can include cutting flutes or ridges 51 on one side, located opposite the opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of the second dilator tube 45 .
- the cutting flutes may be replaced with a coarse surface (e.g., knurling, sharp edges, abrasive members, etc.) which, when rotated or slid (e.g., back and forth) against bone, will create a recess therein.
- a coarse surface e.g., knurling, sharp edges, abrasive members, etc.
- the cutting flutes are shown here by way of example only.
- the inner lumen of the second dilator tube 45 can be off-center. In this configuration, the cutting flutes 51 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly advantageous for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below.
- first and second dilator tubes can be coupled formed together as one unified dilator tube with a staggered distal portion.
- first dilator tube and second dilator tube may be coupled together to form a single component.
- the tubes may be joined by, for instance, welding, adhesive, mechanical joints, or any other appropriate means.
- the first dilator tube may be omitted.
- a Jamshidi® needle with a removable handle, or a similar device may be used to initially define a path to the intervertebral disc. With the handle of the Jamshidi® needle removed, the second dilator tube may be advanced over the Jamshidi® needle, just as with the first dilator tube.
- a K-wire or similar device can be inserted through the Jamshidi® needle and/or dilator tubes.
- FIGS. 5A and 5B illustrate and embodiment of the third dilator tube 60 , which can be configured to be slidably introduced over the second dilator tube 45 .
- the third dilator tube 60 can include a distal portion 61 , a third outer radius 62 centered around a third longitudinal axis 63 , and a third longitudinal lumen 64 having a third inner radius 65 .
- the third lumen 64 can be configured to removably receive the second dilator tube (not shown) for slidable movement within the third lumen 64 .
- the third longitudinal axis 63 is parallel to and laterally offset from the second longitudinal axis 49 .
- a handle 66 can allow for rotation of the third dilator tube.
- a collar can be located distal to the handle 66 , with an outer radius larger than the outer radius of the third dilator tube 45 , but smaller than the outer radius of the handle.
- a button 67 on the handle 66 allows for the operator to toggle between a locked and unlocked configuration.
- a locked configuration the second and third dilator tubes are unable to slide relative to one another.
- the locked configuration permits the dilator tubes to rotate independently with respect to one another.
- the locked configuration restrains rotational movement as well as slidable movement.
- the button 67 may comprise a generally rectangular shape with a cut-out large enough for the collar of the second dilator tube 45 to pass therethrough. A spring located underneath the button 67 provides upward pressure on the button.
- the cut-out portion of the button When uncompressed, the cut-out portion of the button presses firmly against the collar of the second dilator tube 45 , which may be received within the handle 66 of the third dilator tube. When uncompressed, the friction of the button 67 against the collar inhibits movement of the third dilator tube 60 with respect to the second dilator tube.
- the cut-out portion of the button may form a notch configured to fit within the ridge on the collar of the third dilator tube. Upon compressing the button 67 , the cut-out portion of the button may be moved away from the collar, permitting free movement of the third dilator tube 60 relative to the second dilator tube 45 .
- FIG. 5B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the third dilator tube of FIG. 5A .
- the distal portion 61 has a generally semi-annular cross-section, and cutting flutes 167 for reaming bone located opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section.
- the cutting flutes may be replaced or used in combination with a coarse or other cutting or abrading surface which, when rotated or slid against bone, will create a recess therein.
- the inner lumen of the third dilator tube 60 may be off-center.
- the cutting flutes 68 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly beneficial for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate an embodiment of the access cannula, which can be configured to be introduced over the third dilator tube (not shown).
- the access cannula 30 has a distal portion 32 , a fourth outer radius 33 centered around a fourth longitudinal axis 34 , and a fourth longitudinal lumen 31 having a fourth inner radius 35 .
- the access cannula 30 may be configured to removably receive the third dilator tube (not shown) for slidable movement within the third lumen.
- a handle allows for rotation of the access cannula 30 .
- a button 37 on the handle 36 allows for the operator to toggle between a locked and unlocked configuration.
- a locked configuration third dilator tube and the access cannula are unable to slide relative to one another.
- the locked configuration permits the dilator tubes to rotate independently with respect to one another.
- the locked configuration restrains rotational movement as well as slidable movement.
- the button 37 may comprise a generally rectangular shape with a cut-out large enough for the collar of the third dilator tube 60 to pass therethrough. A spring located beneath the button 37 can provide upward pressure on the button.
- the cut-out portion of the button When uncompressed, the cut-out portion of the button can press firmly against the collar of the third dilator tube 45 , which may be received within the handle of the access cannula 30 . When uncompressed, the friction of the button 37 against the collar can inhibit movement of the access cannula 30 with respect to the third dilator tube 60 . Upon compressing the button 37 , the cut-out portion of the button can be moved away from the collar, permitting free movement of the access cannula 30 relative to the third dilator tube 60 .
- FIG. 6B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the access cannula of FIG. 6A .
- the distal portion 32 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section.
- the fourth longitudinal lumen may be centered with respect to the outer radius of the access cannula, in contrast to the second and third dilator tubes.
- the access cannula may also have a longitudinal lumen that may be off-center with respect to the outer radius.
- the access cannula need not be limited to a cylindrical outer surface. The outer surface could, for instance, have an elliptical, polygonal, or other cross-sectional shape.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate one embodiment of the dilation introducer 100 in an assembled configuration.
- the access cannula 30 can be positioned over the third dilator tube 60 , which can be positioned over the second dilator tube 45 , which in turn can be positioned over the first dilator tube 40 .
- the handles 50 , 151 of the first and second dilator tubes can be locked together to constrain slidable movement, but allow for the second dilator tube 45 to rotate with respect to the first dilator tube 40 .
- the third dilator tube 60 can be advanced distally until the distal portion 61 of the third dilator tube aligns with the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube.
- the access cannula may also be advanced so that the distal portion 32 aligns with the distal portions 46 , 61 of the second and third dilator tubes.
- the second and third dilator tubes 45 , 60 each have cutting flutes 51 , 68 on their respective distal portions 46 , 61 .
- the first, second, and third longitudinal axes 44 , 49 , 63 are each laterally offset from one another.
- the first, second and third dilator tubes along with the access cannula can be provided with additional stops that engage the buttons described above.
- additional stops that engage the buttons described above.
- notches or detents can be provided that engage the button when one tube is advanced distally and reaches a specific location (e.g., end point). In this manner, forward movement of a tube or cannula can be limited once the tube or cannula may be advanced to a desired location
- FIG. 7B shows an enlarged detail view of the dilation introducer of FIG. 7A .
- the distal portions 46 , 61 , 32 of each of the second and third dilator tubes 45 , 60 , and of the access cannula 30 have generally semi-annular cross-sections.
- the distal portions 46 , 61 of the second and third dilator tubes in the illustrated embodiment can have flattened edges, to prevent penetration into the intervertebral disc as each dilator tube is advanced.
- FIGS. 8A-13 illustrate one embodiment of a method of performing percutaneous orthopedic surgery using the dilation introducer.
- the first dilator tube 40 can be placed through Kambin's triangle 20 until the distal portion 41 abuts or even penetrates the intervertebral disc 12 .
- the second dilator tube 45 can then be advanced over the first dilator tube 40 until the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube abuts but does not enter the intervertebral disc 12 .
- first and second dilator tubes may be formed together as one unified dilator tube with a staggered distal portion.
- first dilator tube and second dilator tube may be coupled together to form a single component.
- the unified or coupled dilator tube may be advanced until the more distal portion abuts or penetrates the intervertebral disc.
- the first dilator tube may be omitted.
- a Jamshidi® needle with a removable handle or similar device may be used.
- the Jamshidi® needle may be first introduced to abut or enter the intervertebral disc, after which the handle may be removed.
- a K-wire may be inserted into the Jamshidi® needle after it is in position either abutting or partially penetrating the intervertebral disc.
- the second dilator tube may then be advanced over the Jamshidi® needle.
- FIG. 8B shows an enlarged detail of the second dilator tube 45 introduced over the first dilator tube 40 .
- the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube 45 can have a semi-annular cross-section with an opening that forms a recess with respect to the leading edge of the tube 45 .
- the second dilator tube 45 can be oriented for advancement over the first dilator tube 40 such that the opening of the semi-annular cross-section faces the exiting nerve 21 . This technique advantageously limits and/or eliminates contact with the exiting nerve.
- the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section abuts the inferior vertebrae 22 .
- the cutting flutes are positioned against the inferior vertebrae 22 .
- the second dilator tube 45 may be rotated slightly back and forth, such that the cutting flutes create a recess in the inferior vertebrae 22 , making room for introduction of the third dilator tube.
- care is taken to minimize any trauma inflicted upon the exiting nerve.
- the tube 45 can be used to remove bone on a side of the tube 45 generally opposite of the nerve 21 .
- the third dilator tube 60 can be introduced over the second dilator tube 45 .
- the distal portion 61 of the third dilator tube 60 abuts but does not enter the intervertebral disc.
- a flattened edge of the distal portion can help ensure that the third dilator tube 60 does not penetrate the intervertebral disc or limit such penetration.
- the opening of the semi-annular cross-section of the distal portion of the third dilator tube can be positioned to face the exiting nerve (not shown). Contact between the third dilator tube 60 and the nerve can thereby be minimized or eliminated.
- the cutting flutes 68 of the third dilator tube can be positioned opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section and abut the inferior vertebrae 22 .
- the third dilator tube 60 may be rotated slightly back and forth, such that the cutting flutes create a further recess in the inferior vertebrae 22 , making room for introduction of the access cannula. Again, care should be taken during the rotation of the third dilator tube to ensure that the exiting nerve is not injured thereby. Accordingly, the third dilator tube can be can be used to remove bone on a side of the tube 60 generally opposite of the nerve 21 .
- FIGS. 10A-D show an alternative method in which a trocar can be used in place of the first dilator tube.
- the insertion point and access trajectory can first be determined.
- a patient may lie face down on a surgical frame to facilitate a lordotic position of the lumbar spine.
- a K-wire (or equivalent) can be laid beside the patient and placed to the depth of optimal insertion for the intervertebral implant. Intersection with the skin can be marked on the K-wire (or equivalent).
- the K-wire (or equivalent) can be laid on top of the patient, aligned with the disc in a view that allows for the end plates to be parallel (e.g., Ferguson View or Reverse Ferguson, as applicable).
- the distance between the midline and the previously marked point on the K-wire can define the insertion point.
- a small skin incision can be made defining a trajectory into the disc can be between 45 and 55 degrees.
- a trocar 90 can be placed into the center of the disc 12 of the level to be treated, up to but not through the distal annulus.
- an 11 gauge to 18 gauge access needle can be used.
- the inner stylet 92 of the trocar (if present) can be removed while maintaining the outer sheath 94 in place within the disc 12 .
- a K-wire can be inserted into the disc and the outer sheath may be removed.
- a dilation introducer 96 can be placed over the outer sheath 94 of the trocar (or over the K-wire, if applicable).
- the dilation introducer 96 can be aligned so that the smooth edges are oriented towards the exiting nerve root and the foramen.
- the dilation introducer 96 can include at least second and third dilator tubes, each having cutting flutes adapted to perform foraminoplasty for improved access to the disc space.
- the dilation introducer 96 can function substantially as described elsewhere herein, except that the trocar 90 has replaced the first dilator tube.
- the second dilator tubes may be rotated within +/ ⁇ 45 degrees around the longitudinal axis so that the cutting flutes do not contact the exiting nerve.
- FIG. 11 shows the access area before and after the second and third dilator tubes 45 , 60 are rotated to create a recess in the inferior vertebrae 22 .
- the area 70 in the left image demarcated by a dashed line is the portion of bone that can be removed by the second and third dilation tubes 45 , 60 .
- This foraminoplasty permits the access cannula to be introduced without disturbing the exiting nerve 21 .
- the method described is not limited by the precise location of the recess shown in FIG. 11 . In general, a recess may be formed anywhere along the superior border of the inferior vertebrae 22 , in order to provide improved access for a dilation introducer.
- FIG. 12A shows the access cannula 30 introduced over the third dilator tube 60 .
- the distal portion 32 of the access cannula 30 abuts but does not enter the intervertebral disc 12 .
- the distal portion 32 can be equipped with flattened edges to guard against insertion into the intervertebral disc.
- the opening of the semi-annular cross-section of the distal portion 32 of the access cannula 30 can be positioned initially to face the exiting nerve (not shown). Contact between the access cannula 30 and the exiting nerve can thereby be minimized during insertion.
- the access cannula 30 can then be rotated such that the opening of the semi-annular cross-section faces opposite the exiting nerve (not shown). Since, unlike the second and third dilator tubes 45 , 60 , the outer surface of the access cannula is smooth, trauma to the exiting nerve may be minimized during this rotation.
- the cannula 30 can be rotated so that the opening of the semi-annular cross-section faces opposite the exiting nerve (not shown), the first, second, and third dilator tubes 40 , 45 , 60 may be removed.
- rotation of the cannula 30 can gently move the nerve away from the access site while also protecting the nerve as tools and devices may be inserted through the cannula 30 .
- the access cannula 30 can then provide an open lumen 31 through which surgical tools can be introduced to the site of the intervertebral disc 12 .
- the positioning of the access cannula 30 protects the exiting nerve (not shown) from coming into contact with any of the surgical tools.
- FIG. 13 An example of a surgical tool for use through the access cannula is depicted in FIG. 13 .
- the intervertebral implant 80 may be introduced through the access cannula 30 , and released once in position. Although a particular intervertebral implant is shown here, one of skill in the art will readily understand that any number of surgical tools may be introduced through the access cannula.
- surgical tools to be inserted through the access cannula may include, without limitation, discectomy tools, tissue extractors, rasps, forceps, drills (e.g., trephine), rongeurs, curettes, paddle distracters, mechanical distracters, lasers, automated probes, manual probes, and plasma wands.
- an opening in the disc annulus can be formed and a portion of the disc can be removed using tools advanced through the access cannula 30 .
- the disc space can be distracted (e.g., using paddle distracters) before and/or after the implant 80 and/or different or additional interbody devices are inserted through the access cannula 30 and placed between the vertebral bodies to maintain spacing.
- the disc nucleus or portions thereof is removed while leaving the disc annulus.
- FIGS. 14-20D illustrate another aspect of a dilation introducer 1100 that can be used to perform percutaneous orthopedic surgery.
- the dilation introducer in this embodiment is similar in some respects to that described above.
- the proximal portion of the dilation introducer 1100 differs significantly from that of the dilation introducer 100 described above.
- the dilation introducer 1100 in the illustrated embodiments can comprise an access cannula 130 , and a first, second and third dilator tubes 140 , 145 , 160 .
- first, second and third dilator tubes 140 While the illustrated embodiment includes first, second and third dilator tubes 140 , modified embodiments can include more or less dilator tubes and/or dilator tubes with modified features.
- the access cannula 130 can be eliminated from the introducer or modified.
- FIGS. 14A to 14C illustrate an embodiment of the first dilator tube 140 of the dilation introducer 1100 .
- the first dilator tube 140 may have distal portion 141 , an outer radius 142 , and a first longitudinal lumen 143 .
- the outer radius 142 can be centered around first longitudinal axis 144 .
- the distal portion 141 may include a tapered tip 171 of the dilator tube.
- the proximal portion 172 of the first dilator tube may include a first proximal head 173 , with a threaded portion 174 distal to the gripping portion 175 .
- the longitudinal lumen 143 extends through the proximal head 173 , such that a guidewire or K-wire may be introduced through the proximal head 173 and the dilator tube 140 .
- FIGS. 15A to 15C illustrate an embodiment of the second dilator tube 145 .
- the second dilator tube has a distal portion 146 , and an outer radius 147 .
- the outer radius may be centered around a second longitudinal axis 149 .
- the second dilator tube includes a second longitudinal lumen 48 with an inner radius 176 .
- the outer radius 142 of the first dilator tube may be nearly equivalent to the inner radius 176 of the second dilator tube, such that the first dilator tube 140 can be slidably received within the second longitudinal lumen 148 .
- the proximal portion 177 of the second dilator tube includes a collar 178 .
- FIG. 15B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the second dilator tube 145 .
- the distal portion 146 of the second dilator tube may include a flattened edge 179 .
- This flattened edge 179 advantageously prevents the second dilator tube 145 from penetrating the intervertebral disc 112 .
- the tip 180 of distal portion 146 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section, configured such that when the first dilator tube 140 is received within the second dilator tube 145 , the outer radial surface of the first dilator tube 140 is partially exposed at the distal tip 180 of the second dilator tube 145 .
- the opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of the second dilator tube can be oriented opposite the second longitudinal axis 149 with respect to the longitudinal axis 127 of the second longitudinal lumen.
- the longitudinal axis 127 of the second longitudinal lumen is essentially aligned with the first longitudinal axis 144 .
- the second dilator tube 145 can include cutting flutes or ridges 151 on one side, located opposite the opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of the second dilator tube 145 .
- the cutting flutes 151 may be replaced with a coarse surface (e.g., knurling, sharp edges, abrasive members, etc.) which, when rotated or slid (e.g., back and forth) against bone, will create a recess therein.
- the cutting flutes are shown here by way of example only.
- the inner lumen 148 of the second dilator tube 145 can be off-center.
- the cutting flutes 151 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly advantageous for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below.
- FIG. 15C shows an enlarged detail view of the proximal portion 177 of the second dilator tube 145 .
- the collar 178 includes an aperture 181 , which may be used in conjunction with the third dilator tube, as described in detail below.
- the aperture 181 may be instead replaced with a circumferentially oriented groove.
- FIGS. 16A to 16D illustrate and embodiment of the third dilator tube 160 , which can be configured to be slidably introduced over the second dilator tube 145 .
- the third dilator tube 160 can include a distal portion 161 , a third outer radius 162 centered around a third longitudinal axis 163 , and a third longitudinal lumen 164 having a third inner radius 165 centered around longitudinal axis 169 that runs parallel to and laterally offset from the third longitudinal axis 163 .
- the third lumen 164 can be configured to removably receive the second dilator tube 145 for slidable movement within the third lumen 164 .
- the second longitudinal axis 149 essentially aligns with the longitudinal axis 169 of the inner lumen 164 of the third dilator tube 160 .
- the proximal portion 182 includes a handle assembly 183 .
- FIG. 16B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the third dilator tube of FIG. 16A .
- the distal portion 161 of the third dilator tube may include a flattened edge 185 .
- This flattened edge 185 advantageously prevents the third dilator tube 160 from penetrating the intervertebral disc 112 .
- the tip 184 of the distal portion 161 has a generally semi-annular cross-section, and cutting flutes 167 for reaming bone located opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section.
- the cutting flutes may be replaced or used in combination with a coarse or other cutting or abrading surface which, when rotated or slid against bone, will create a recess therein.
- the longitudinal lumen 164 of the third dilator tube 160 may be off-center.
- the cutting flutes 167 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly beneficial for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below.
- FIGS. 16C and 16D show enlarged detail views of the proximal portion 182 of the third dilator tube 160 .
- the proximal portion 182 includes a handle assembly 183 .
- a first latching button 186 may be configured for constraining the movement of the third dilator tube relative to the second dilator tube, as described in more detail below. In various embodiments, the latching button 186 may constrain slidable movement, rotational movement, or both.
- a second latching button 187 may be located distal the first latching button 186 , and may be configured to constrain the movement of the access cannula relative to the third dilator tube, as described in more detail below.
- the distal end of the handle assembly 183 includes an overhanging lip 191 into which the proximal grip 136 of the access cannula can be removably received.
- the locking pin 1103 slides within the locking pinhole 1104 on the proximal grip 136 of the access cannula, thereby restricting rotational movement of the access cannula relative to the third dilator tube.
- the locking pinhole may be omitted, permitting rotation of the access cannula 130 relative to the third dilator tube 60 .
- FIGS. 17A to 17C illustrate an embodiment of the access cannula 130 , which can be configured to be introduced over the third dilator tube 145 .
- the access cannula 130 has a distal portion 132 , a fourth longitudinal axis 134 , and a fourth longitudinal lumen 131 having a fourth inner radius 135 .
- the access cannula 130 may be configured to removably receive the third dilator tube (not shown) for slidable movement within the third lumen.
- a handle 136 allows for rotation of the access cannula 130 .
- FIG. 17B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the access cannula of FIG. 17A .
- the distal portion 132 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section.
- the fourth longitudinal lumen may be centered with respect to the outer radius of the access cannula, in contrast to the second and third dilator tubes.
- the access cannula may also have a longitudinal lumen that is off-center with respect to the outer radius.
- the access cannula need not be limited to a cylindrical outer surface. The outer surface could, for instance, have an elliptical, polygonal, or other cross-sectional shape.
- FIG. 17C shows an enlarged detail view of the proximal portion 193 of the access cannula of FIG. 17A .
- the proximal grip 136 may provide additional leverage while advancing the access cannula over the third dilator tube.
- the proximal grip 136 includes a larger diameter portion 198 and a smaller diameter portion 199 .
- the smaller diameter portion 199 includes a circumferential channel 1107 for use in interlocking with the third dilator tube, as discussed in detail below.
- a locking pinhole 1104 can receive the locking pin 1103 on the third dilator tube, thereby restraining rotational movement of the access cannula 160 relative to the third dilator tube 145 .
- FIGS. 18A to 18C illustrate one embodiment of the dilation introducer 1100 in an assembled configuration.
- the access cannula 130 can be positioned over the third dilator tube 160 , which can be positioned over the second dilator tube 145 , which in turn can be positioned over the first dilator tube 140 .
- the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube may be in a locked configuration with the proximal grip 136 of the access cannula can be locked together to constrain slidable movement, but allow for the access cannula 130 to rotate with respect to the third dilator tube 160 .
- the second dilator tube 145 may be locked together with the third dilator tube to constrain slidable movement, while still allowing the second dilator tube 145 to rotate with respect to the third dilator tube.
- the second dilator tube may be in a locked configuration preventing both slidable and rotational movement with respect to the third dilator tube 145 .
- the third dilator tube 60 can be advanced distally until the distal portion 161 of the third dilator tube aligns with the distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube.
- the access cannula 130 may also be advanced so that the distal portion 32 aligns with the distal portions 146 , 161 of the second and third dilator tubes.
- the second and third dilator tubes 145 , 160 each have cutting flutes 151 , 167 on their respective distal portions 146 , 161 .
- the first, second, and third longitudinal axes 144 , 149 , 163 are each laterally offset from one another.
- the first, second and third dilator tubes 140 , 145 , 160 along with the access cannula 130 can be provided with additional stops that engage the proximal grip 136 of the access cannula and the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube described above.
- additional stops that engage the proximal grip 136 of the access cannula and the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube described above.
- notches or detents can be provided that engage the proximal grip 136 or handle assembly 183 when one tube is advanced distally and reaches a specific location (e.g., end point). In this manner, forward movement of a tube or cannula can be limited once the tube or cannula is advanced to a desired location
- FIG. 18B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the dilation introducer of FIG. 18A .
- the distal portions 146 , 161 , 132 of each of the second and third dilator tubes 145 , 160 , and of the access cannula 130 may have generally semi-annular cross-sections.
- the distal portions 146 , 161 of the second and third dilator tubes 145 , 160 in the illustrated embodiment can have flattened edges 179 , 185 to prevent penetration into the intervertebral disc as each dilator tube is advanced.
- FIG. 18C shows an enlarged detail view of the proximal portion of the dilation introducer of FIG. 18A .
- the proximal grip 136 of the access cannula 130 is shown in a locked configuration with the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube 160 .
- the smaller diameter portion (not shown) may be received within the overhanging lip 191 on the distal end of the handle assembly 183 .
- Latching buttons 186 , 187 constrain movement of the third dilator tube relative to the second dilator tube, and of the access cannula relative to the third dilator tube, respectively.
- the gripping portion 175 of proximal head 173 of the first dilator tube 140 is visible at the proximal end of the dilation introducer.
- the first dilator tube may be fastened to the handle assembly 183 by means of the threaded portion 174 (not shown) on the proximal head 173 and the threaded receiving portion 190 (not shown) of the handle assembly 183 . As shown, this fastening constrains both rotational and slidable movement of the first dilator tube relative to the third dilator tube.
- the first dilator tube may be affixed to the handle assembly 183 by other means that allow for free rotational movement, free slidable movement, or both.
- the dilation introducer 1100 includes a first dilator tube 140 , a second dilator tube 145 , a third dilator tube 160 , and an access cannula 130 .
- the first dilator tube has a distal portion 141 with a tapered tip 171 , and a proximal portion 172 having a proximal head 173 .
- the first dilator tube 140 may be cannulated, for example to allow passage of a guide wire down the longitudinal axis 143 of the first dilator tube 140 , or the first dilator tube may be without a lumen and uncannulated.
- the second dilator tube 145 has a distal tip 180 with a flattened edge 179 , a proximal portion 177 with a collar 178 , and a longitudinal lumen 148 .
- the first dilator tube 140 may be removably received within the second dilator tube 145 .
- the third dilator tube 160 has a distal tip 184 with a flattened edge 185 , a proximal portion 182 with a handle assembly 183 , and a longitudinal lumen 164 .
- the second dilator tube 145 may be removably received in the longitudinal lumen 164 of the third dilator tube 160 for slidable movement within the third dilator tube 160 .
- the threaded portion 174 of the proximal head 173 of the first dilator tube engages with the interior threaded receiving portion 190 of the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube 160 .
- the first and third dilator tubes 140 , 160 may be locked together for length and rotation.
- the second and third dilator tubes may be connected together in a locked configuration with a first latching button 186 disposed on the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube 160 and extending through a first aperture 1105 in the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube 160 , so that the first latching button 186 may be moveable between a radially inward locking position (arrow 1101 ) and a radially outward unlocking position (arrow 1102 ).
- the distal end 196 of the first latching button may be removably received in aperture 181 of the second dilator tube 145 so as to engage and lock the second and third dilators together in the locking position.
- the latching button may be received in a circumferentially oriented groove of the second dilator tube, which may or may not extend completely around the second dilator tube.
- the first latching button 186 may be pulled radially outwardly to release the second dilator tube 145 , to allow the third dilator tube 160 to slide with respect to the second dilator tube 145 .
- the access cannula 130 has a distal portion 161 , a proximal portion 193 , a proximal grip 136 , and longitudinal lumen 164 .
- the third dilator tube 145 may be removably received within the access cannula 130 for slidable movement within the longitudinal lumen 131 of the access cannula 130 .
- the third dilator tube 145 and the access cannula 130 also have a locked configuration in which the access cannula 130 may be not permitted to slidably telescope over the third dilator tube 145 .
- the proximal portion 193 of the access cannula 130 includes a proximal grip 136 with a larger diameter portion 198 and a smaller diameter portion 199 .
- the smaller diameter portion 199 may be sized to fit under an overhanging lip 191 of the third dilator tube, when the longitudinal axes of the third dilator tube and access cannula may be aligned.
- the circumferentially oriented channel 1107 does not need to extend completely around the exterior of the smaller diameter portion 199 .
- the third dilator tube 145 and the access cannula 130 may be connected together in a locked configuration with the second latching button 187 disposed on the overhanging lip 191 of the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube 145 .
- the second latching button extends through an aperture 1106 in the overhanging lip 191 of the handle assembly 183 and may be movable between a radially inward locking position (arrow 194 ) and a radially outward unlocking position (arrow 195 ).
- the distal end 197 of the second latching button 187 may be removably received in the channel 107 located in the smaller diameter portion 199 of the access cannula 130 , in the locking position, to lock the third dilator tube 45 and the access cannula 130 in the locked assembled configuration.
- the second latching button 187 may be pulled radially outward to release the access cannula 130 to slide to the unlocked configuration.
- the second and third dilator tubes 140 , 145 may be removed together as a unit from the access cannula 130 .
- the first dilator tube 140 and second dilator tube 145 can be kept locked together and can be removed from the access cannula 130 by unlocking the second latching button 187 alone.
- An advantage of this embodiment is that the latching buttons 186 , 187 may be both removable from the surgical field with the release of the third dilator tube from the access cannula 130 .
- the access cannula being free of protuberances, such as the latching buttons, is less likely to catch surgical sponges and sutures, for example, on the dilation introducer.
- FIGS. 20A to 20D show another aspect of a dilation introducer, in which the first dilator tube may be replaced with a neuro-monitoring needle 1108 .
- the neuro-monitoring needle 1108 includes a wire 1109 which may be enclosed by a needle cannula 1110 , with the wire 1109 exposed at the distal tip 1111 .
- the needle cannula 1110 may be surrounded by dielectric coating 1112 along its length for insulation.
- the wire 1109 can comprise stainless steel and the dielectric coating 1112 can comprise parylene.
- a knob 1115 may be located on the proximal portion 1116 of the neuro-monitoring needle 1108 .
- a first neuro-monitoring lead 1113 may be attached to the proximal portion 177 of the second dilator tube 145 .
- a second neuro-monitoring lead 1114 may be attached to the proximal portion 183 of the third dilator tube 160 .
- the neuro-monitoring needle 1108 can be made from several components.
- the wire 1108 portion can be stainless steel coated with dielectric coating 1112 of parylene.
- the distal tip 1111 of the wire 1109 can be exposed so that it can transmit current.
- the needle cannula 1110 which covers the wire 1109 can also comprise stainless steel coated with parylene. In some embodiments, this needle cannula could also be described as an exchange tube where once the wire is removed a K-wire could be placed down it and into the disc space.
- the wire 1109 can be attached to a handle at the proximal end ultimately protrude from the handle, serving as the electrode to attach a neuromonitoring system.
- the proximal diameter can be parylene coated, while the rest of the wire 1109 can be uncoated to transmit the current.
- the wire 1109 may comprise a conductive material, such as silver, copper, gold, aluminum, platinum, stainless steel, etc.
- a constant current may be applied to the wire 1109 .
- the needle cannula 1110 may be insulated by dielectric coating 1112 . Although the coating shown here is dielectric, any sufficiently insulative coating may be used. Alternatively, an insulative sleeve may encase the wire. This arrangement protects the conductive wire 1109 at all points except the most distal tip 1111 . As the exposed tip of the wire 1109 is advanced through the tissue, it continues to be supplied with current. When the tip 1111 approaches a nerve, the nerve may be stimulated. The degree of stimulation to the nerve is related to the distance between the distal tip 1111 and the nerve. Stimulation of the nerve may be measured by, e.g., visually observing the patient's leg for movement, or by measuring muscle activity through electromyography (EMG) or various other known techniques.
- EMG electromyography
- Utilizing this configuration may provide the operator with added guidance as to the positioning of the first dilator tube to the surgical access point and through Kambin's triangle. With each movement, the operator may be alerted when the tip of the first dilator tube approaches or comes into contact with a nerve. The operator may use this technique alone or in conjunction with other positioning assistance techniques such as fluoroscopy and tactile feedback.
- the amount of current applied to the wire 1109 may be varied depending on the preferred sensitivity. Naturally, the greater the current supplied, the greater nerve stimulation will result at a given distance from the nerve. In various embodiments the current applied to the conductive wire 1109 may not be constant, but rather periodic or irregular. Alternatively, pulses of current may be provided only on demand from the operator.
- a similar configuration may be applied to the second and third dilator tubes, and to the access cannula.
- Each may include a conductive wire embedded within the tube, or it may be separately attached. In either configuration, a distal tip of conductive wire may be exposed and the wire may be provided with current.
- nerve stimulation may be monitored as described above.
- the current supplied to each of the first, second, and third dilator tubes and to the access cannula may be controlled independently, so that when nerve stimulation is observed, the operator may supply current separately to each wire to determine which wire or wires are nearest to the nerve.
- current may be supplied only to one wire at any given point in the procedure. For example, the current may be supplied to the wire associated with the dilator tube or access cannula that is being moved at that point in the operation.
- the second and third dilator tubes can comprise aluminum that has been anodized and then coated with parylene. Certain areas of the second and third dilator tubes can be masked from the anodization and parylene coating so that they can transmit the current. For example, the distal tips of the second and third dilator tubes can be exposed so as to conduct current therethrough. The exposed portions can be passivated to resist rusting, pitting, or corrosion. The exposed portions can be made by using a stainless steel pin pressed into the second and third dilator tubes.
- the pin can aid in locating the second and third dilator tubes on x-ray or fluoroscopy, and additionally can facilitate the transmission of current through the second and third dilator tubes to the area of contact.
- Electrode attachments for the second and third dilator tubes can be coated with parylene on the proximal larger diameter to prevent current from flowing into the user.
- the rest of the electrode can be uncoated, but passivated to resist rusting, pitting, or corrosion.
- the electrodes can attach such that the current is transmitted to the internal area of the second and third dilator tubes so that it can be transmitted distally through the exposed areas on the tips of the tubes.
- These tubes are attached to Radel handles, which being a polymer are also insulators.
- the third dilator tube can be made from stainless steel, coated with nylon or other polymer, such as Teflon, followed by a parylene coating. In embodiments in which the dilator tube comprises stainless steel, no additional x-ray marker is required
- the procedure may be adapted for use with various other embodiments of the dilation introducer.
- the dilation introducer with alternative handle assembly as shown in FIGS. 14A-19C , may be used with appropriate modifications to the method described above.
- the proximal head 173 of the first dilator tube 140 may be screwed into the handle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube 160 , the first dilator tube 140 must be unscrewed and removed prior to advancing the third dilator tube over the second dilator tube.
- the latching buttons 186 , 187 of the handle assembly 183 may be used to control the locking and unlocking of the dilator tubes relative to one another.
- the dilation introducer equipped with neuro-monitoring as shown in FIGS. 20A-D , may be substituted.
- the method performed may be then similar to that described above, except that in addition the method involves monitoring nerve stimulation to assist with placement and guidance of the dilator tubes and access cannula.
- the current supplied to the conductive wires may be varied and controlled in order to determine the optimal location for the dilation introducer and/or access cannula.
- the implant 80 can comprise any of a variety of types of interbody devices configured to be placed between vertebral bodies.
- the implant 80 can be formed from a metal (e.g., titanium) or a non-metal material such as plastics, PEEKTM, polymers, and rubbers. Further, the implant components can be made of combinations of non-metal materials (e.g., PEEKTM, polymers) and metals.
- the implant 80 can be configured with a fixed or substantially fixed height, length, and width as shown, for example, in the embodiment of FIG. 13 . In other embodiments, the implant can be configured to be expandable along one or more directions. For example, in certain embodiments the height of the implant can be expanded once the device advanced through the access cannula and positioned between vertebral bodies (e.g., within the disc space within the annulus).
- FIGS. 21-27 illustrate an implant 500 having an first, reduced profile configuration and a second, increased profile configuration.
- the implant can include first body portion 502 ( FIGS. 23 and 24 ) and a second portion 520 ( FIGS. 25 and 26 ) which are shown together in FIG. 27 .
- the implant 500 can be used to maintain separation between adjacent vertebrae while preserving at least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae.
- portions of the intervertebral implant 500 can be configured to be inserted through the Kambin triangle in a first, reduced cross-sectional profile configuration, and, once a portion of the implant 500 is passed through the Kambin triangle, the implant 500 can be converted into the second, increased profile configuration in which the device can engage and maintain separation of the adjacent vertebra while still allowing least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae.
- the first body portion 502 can include a first member 504 and a second member 508 .
- the first member 504 and the second member 508 can be pivotable around a first shaft 514 from the low profile configuration, shown in FIGS. 23 and 24 , to the larger profile configuration, shown in FIGS. 21 and 22 .
- certain features of the implant facilitate delivery through a smaller access site, such as through Kambin's triangle, while still providing structural support across a larger surface area in the intervertebral space once enlarged.
- access through Kambin's triangle can reduce trauma to the patient, particularly by avoiding removal of the facet joint.
- Kambin's triangle also provides a viable access site for patients who are not suitable candidates for the anterior approach to spinal surgery.
- the first member 504 can include a first surface 506 , a second surface 507 , and side surfaces 503 , 505 .
- the second member 508 can include a first surface 510 , a second surface 509 , and side surfaces 511 , 513 .
- One or more surfaces of the first member 504 and the second member 508 can include surface modifications to facilitate tissue growth and/or help the implant engage the adjacent vertebrae.
- the surface modifications can include, but are not limited to, textured surfaces, ridges, grooves, apertures, and/or bioactive coatings.
- the first body portion 502 can include one or more textured surfaces.
- the textured surfaces can include microscopic roughness or more easily visible protrusions.
- one or more surfaces of the first body portion can include a ribbed surface.
- the first surface 506 of the first member 504 can include a ribbed surface
- the first surface 510 of the second member 508 can include a ribbed surface.
- the first body portion 502 can include one or more apertures to facilitate osseointegration within the intervertebral space.
- the side surfaces 503 , 505 of the first member 504 and the side surfaces 511 , 513 of the second member 508 can include one or more apertures 554 .
- the first member 504 can include two apertures 554 on side surface 503 and two apertures 554 on side surface 505
- the second member 508 can include two apertures on side surface 511 and two apertures on side surface 513 .
- the apertures can facilitate circulation and bone growth throughout the intervertebral space and through the implant. In such implementations, the apertures can thereby facilitate integration of the implant with the surrounding materials.
- the first body portion 502 can be coated with one or more bioactive substances, such as antibiotics, chemotherapeutic substances, angiogenic growth factors, substances for accelerating the healing of the wound, growth hormones, anti-thrombogenic agents, bone growth accelerators or agents, and the like.
- bioactive substances such as antibiotics, chemotherapeutic substances, angiogenic growth factors, substances for accelerating the healing of the wound, growth hormones, anti-thrombogenic agents, bone growth accelerators or agents, and the like.
- the first body portion 502 can include an open configuration, shown in FIGS. 21 and 22 , and a closed or low profile configuration, shown in FIG. 23 .
- the first member 504 In the open or enlarged profile configuration, the first member 504 can be perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to the second member 508 .
- the first member 504 In the closed configuration, the first member 504 can be substantially parallel or parallel to the second member 508 .
- the closed configuration facilitates delivery of the first body portion 502 through a smaller access site, such as Kambin's triangle, while the open configuration has a greater surface area to provide greater structural integrity in the intervertebral space.
- the first body portion 502 can include one or more motion limiting portions 518 , 550 .
- Motion limiting portions 518 , 550 can limit the rotational movement of the first member 504 relative to the second member 508 .
- the motion limiting portions 518 , 550 can take on different configurations. For example, as shown in FIGS. 21 and 22 , the motion limiting portions 518 , 550 can permit limited clockwise and counter-clockwise rotation. As another example, the motion limiting portions will only permit limited clockwise rotation, as shown by motion limiting portion 572 in FIG. 25 .
- the first member 504 can translate along a central axis of the first shaft.
- the motion limiting portion 518 can be spaced apart from motion limiting portion 550 .
- the first body portion 502 is suitable for delivery through a deployment tool.
- the motion limiting portion 518 can abut the motion limiting portion 550 .
- the first body portion 502 can transition from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
- the motion limiting portions 518 , 550 can prevent the first body portion 502 from returning to the closed configuration.
- the first body portion 502 can transition from a closed configuration to an open configuration via a user-actuated mechanism.
- the first body portion 502 can be spring-loaded.
- a tubular member such as access cannula 30
- a deployment tool having forceps can also restrain the first body portion 502 to the closed configuration. Releasing the first body portion from the deployment tool can transition the first body portion 502 from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
- the first body portion 502 can also include one or more depressions 542 , 548 to facilitate interaction with a deployment tool.
- the first body portion 502 can include a metal (e.g., titanium) or a non-metal material such as plastics, PEEKTM, polymers, and rubbers. Further, the implant components can be made of combinations of non-metal materials (e.g., PEEKTM, polymers) and metals.
- a metal e.g., titanium
- a non-metal material such as plastics, PEEKTM, polymers, and rubbers.
- the implant components can be made of combinations of non-metal materials (e.g., PEEKTM, polymers) and metals.
- the first body portion 502 can be configured with a height, length, and width suitable for delivery through the access cannula and positioning between vertebral bodies (e.g., within the disc space within the annulus).
- the first member 504 can have a uniform width, or the first member 504 can include a tapered width. Further, the first member 504 can include a uniform thickness, or the first member 504 can include a tapered thickness.
- the second member 508 can have dimensions identical to or substantially similar to the first member 504 .
- the implant 500 can include the first body portion 502 and the second body portion 520 .
- the second portion 520 can be the same as or substantially similar to the first body portion 502 discussed in reference to FIG. 21 .
- FIGS. 25-26 illustrate a second body portion 520 .
- the second body portion 520 can include one or more of the first body portion 502 features discussed above.
- the second body portion 520 can include a first member 522 and a second member 526 .
- the first member 522 can include a first surface 524 , a second surface 525 , and side surfaces 535 , 537 .
- the second member 526 can include a first surface 528 , a second surface 529 , and side surfaces 531 , 533 .
- the second body portion 520 can also include a second shaft 532 .
- the first member 522 and the second member 526 can be pivotable around the second shaft 532 .
- the two-piece implant 500 facilitates delivery of the implant through a smaller access site. After the implant is assembled in the intervertebral space, the two-piece implant can fill a larger space between two vertebrae than would be possible with a single component system using a similarly sized access site or access cannula.
- the first body portion 502 can include a first joint portion 546
- the second body portion 520 can include a second joint portion 564 .
- the first joint portion 546 can removably connect to the second joint portion 564 .
- the first joint portion 546 and the second joint portion 564 can form a ball and socket joint.
- the ball and socket joint permits motion along multiple axes.
- the first joint portion 546 and the second joint portion 564 can also take on any other joint configuration, including, but not limited to, a hinge joint, pivot joint, or saddle joint depending on the desirable amount of movement. In some instances, it may be desirable to limit the number of axes along which the first member 504 is capable of moving relative to the second member 508 .
- first body portion 502 and the second body portion 520 can be positioned such that the textured surfaces of first and second body portions 502 , 520 face outward.
- the outward facing, textured surfaces facilitate tissue growth between the implant and the adjacent vertebrae.
- the first body and second portions 502 , 520 of the implant 500 can be delivered through the Kambin triangle utilizing the techniques and devices described above with reference to FIGS. 1-29B .
- the first body portion 502 can be delivered using any type of deployment tool 600 capable of engaging the first body portion 502 , including, but not limited to a deployment tool having a surgical forceps feature.
- the deployment tool 600 can deliver the first body portion 502 through a posterolateral approach.
- the posterolateral approach can include delivering the first body portion 502 through Kambin's triangle without removing a facet joint.
- the deployment tool 600 can engage the first body portion 502 and deliver the first body portion 502 through the cannula 30 and into the intervertebral space.
- the cannula 30 can gain access to the intervertebral space using any of the methods and/or devices described above.
- the implant can transition from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
- Deployment tool 600 can include an actuation mechanism configured to transition the first body portion 502 from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
- the first body portion 502 can be spring-loaded to automatically transition to the open configuration when released from the deployment tool 600 or the cannula 30 .
- a filler can be injected into the intervertebral space.
- the filler can include any type of bone graft substance, bone cement, a carrier medium carrying bone morphogenetic proteins, or any other bone void fillers.
- the deployment tool 600 can engage the second body portion 520 and deliver the second body portion 520 into the intervertebral space. Similar to the first body portion 502 , the second body portion 520 can transition from the closed configuration to the open configuration using a user-actuated mechanism or a spring-loaded mechanism.
- the deployment tool 600 can position the second body portion 520 relative to the first body portion 502 .
- the deployment tool 600 can connect the first joint portion 546 to the second joint portion 564 , such that the second body portion 520 is capable of controlled movement relative to the first body portion 502 .
- the first joint portion 546 and the second joint portion 564 form a ball and socket joint.
- the tool 400 can comprise a handle section 402 and a distal engagement section 404 .
- the handle portion 402 can be configured to be held by a user and can comprise various features to facilitate implantation and deployment of the implant.
- the handle section 402 can comprise a fixed portion 410 , and one or more rotatable portions, such as the rotatable deployment portion 412 and the rotatable tethering portion 414 .
- the tethering portion 414 can be used to attach the implant to the tool 400 prior to insertion and deployment.
- the deployment portion 412 can be used to actuate the implant and rotate the actuator shaft thereof for expanding the implant. Then, after the implant is expanded and properly placed, the tethering portion 414 can again be used to untether or decouple the implant from the tool 400 .
- the distal engagement section 404 can comprise a fixed portion 420 , an anti-torque component 422 , a tethering rod (element 424 shown in FIG. 30 ), and a shaft actuator rod (element 426 shown in FIG. 30 ) to facilitate engagement with and actuation of the implant 200 .
- the anti-torque component 422 can be coupled to the fixed portion 420 .
- the implant 200 can comprise one or more anti-torque structures 250 .
- the anti-torque component 422 can comprise one or more protrusions that engage the anti-torque structures 250 to prevent movement of the implant 200 when a rotational force is applied to the actuator shaft 210 via the tool 400 .
- the anti-torque component 422 can comprise a pair of pins that extend from a distal end of the tool 400 .
- the implant 200 and tool 400 can be variously configured such that the anti-torque structures 250 and the anti-torque component 422 interconnect to prevent a torque being transferred to the implant 200 .
- the generation of the rotational force will be explained in greater detail below with reference to FIG. 30 , which is a side-cross sectional view of the tool 400 illustrating the interrelationship of the components of the handle section 402 and the distal engagement section 404 .
- the fixed portion 410 of the handle section 402 can be interconnected with the fixed portion 420 of the distal engagement section 404 .
- the distal engagement section 404 can be configured with the deployment portion 412 being coupled with the shaft actuator rod 426 and the tethering portion 414 being coupled with the tethering rod 424 .
- these portions can be coupled to each other respectively, they can move independently of each other and independently of the fixed portions.
- the deployment portion 412 and the tethering portion 414 can be moved to selectively expand or contract the implant or to attach the implant to the tool, respectively.
- these portions 412 , 414 can be rotated to cause rotation of an actuator shaft 210 of an implant 200 engaged with the tool 400 .
- the tether rod 424 can comprise a distal engagement member 430 being configured to engage a proximal end of the actuator shaft 210 of the implant 200 for rotating the actuator shaft 210 to thereby expand the implant from an unexpanded state to and expanded state.
- the tether rod 424 can be configured with the distal engagement member 430 being a threaded distal section of the rod 424 that can be threadably coupled to an interior threaded portion of the actuator shaft 210 .
- the tool 400 can be prepared for a single-use and can be packaged with an implant preloaded onto the tool 400 . This arrangement can facilitate the use of the implant and also provide a sterile implant and tool for an operation. Thus, the tool 400 can be disposable after use in deploying the implant.
- an embodiment of the tool 400 can also comprise an expansion indicator gauge 440 and a reset button 450 .
- the expansion indicator gauge 440 can be configured to provide a visual indication corresponding to the expansion of the implant 200 .
- the gauge 440 can illustrate an exact height of the implant 200 as it is expanded or the amount of expansion.
- the tool 400 can comprise a centrally disposed slider element 452 that can be in threaded engagement with a thread component 454 coupled to the deployment portion 412 .
- the slider element 452 and an internal cavity 456 of the tool can be configured such that the slider element 452 is provided only translational movement in the longitudinal direction of the tool 400 . Accordingly, as the deployment portion 412 is rotated, the thread component 454 is also rotated. In such an embodiment, as the thread component 454 rotates and is in engagement with the slider component 452 , the slider element 452 can be incrementally moved from an initial position within the cavity 456 in response to the rotation of the deployment portion 412 . An indicator 458 can thus be longitudinally moved and viewed to allow the gauge 440 to visually indicate the expansion and/or height of the implant 200 . In such an embodiment, the gauge 440 can comprises a transparent window through which the indicator 458 on the slider element 452 can be seen. In the illustrated embodiment, the indicator 458 can be a marking on an exterior surface of the slider element 452 .
- the reset button 450 can be utilized to zero out the gauge 440 to a pre-expansion setting.
- the slider element 452 can be spring-loaded, as shown with the spring 460 in FIG. 30 .
- the reset button 450 can disengage the slider element 452 and the thread component 454 to allow the slider element 452 to be forced back to the initial position.
- a surgical tool for use through the access cannula is a bone rasp.
- a rasp tool can be configured to be inserted through the access cannula 30 into the intervertebral disc space. The rasping tool can then be used to abrade or file the inferior surface of the superior vertebrae and/or the superior surface of the inferior vertebrae.
- the rasping tool can include an elongated body and a scraping component. A handle may be proximally attached to the elongated body.
- the entire assembly can be dimensioned such that the rasping tool can slide longitudinally within the access cannula 30 .
- the rasp tool may be inserted through the access cannula until it reaches the intervertebral disc space.
- a physician may slide the elongate body and scraping component backward and forward relative to the access cannula 30 .
- the elongate body may freely rotate within the access cannula 30 , in order to permit the physician to rasp a surface at any desired angle.
- the orientation of the elongate body may be fixed, such that rasping is only permitted along a predetermined angle relative to the access cannula 30 .
- the rasping tool may be expandable.
- a rasp tool can be configured to define an unexpanded configuration. When the tool is initially inserted into the working sleeve, the tool can be positioned in the unexpanded configuration. After the tool is advanced into the intervertebral disc, the tool can be expanded to the expanded configuration.
- the tool can include an elongated body and one or more scraping components.
- the scraping components can each include an outer surface that is configured to scrape or create friction against the disc.
- the outer surfaces can be generally arcuate and provide an abrasive force when in contact with the interior portion of the disc.
- the scraping components can rasp or scrape against the vertebral end plates of the disc from within an interior cavity formed in the disc.
- the tool can prepare the surfaces of the interior of the disc by removing any additional gelatinous nucleus material, as well as smoothing out the general contours of the interior surfaces of the disc.
- the rasping may thereby prepare the vertebral endplates for fit with the implant as well as to promote bony fusion between the vertebrae and the implant. Due to the preparation of the interior surfaces of the disc, the placement and deployment of the implant will tend to be more effective.
- the tool can comprise an expansion mechanism that allows the scraping components to move from the unexpanded to the expanded configuration.
- the tool can be configured such that the scraping components expand from an outer dimension or height of approximately 9 mm to approximately 13 mm.
- the expansion mechanism can be configured similarly to the expansion mechanisms of the implants disclosed herein, the disclosure for which is incorporated here and will not be repeated.
- the scraping components can comprise one or more surface structures, such as spikes, blades, apertures, etc. that allow the scraping components to not only provide an abrasive force, but that also allowed the scraping components to remove material from the disc.
- a cleaning tool can be used to remove loosened, scraped, or dislodged disc material. Accordingly, in various embodiments of the methods disclosed herein, and embodiment of the tool can be used to prepare the implant site (the interior cavity of the disc) to optimize the engagement of the implant with the surfaces of the interior of the disc (the vertebral end plates).
- the implant can be advanced through the access cannula and into the disc cavity. Once positioned, the implant can be expanded to its expanded configuration. For example, the implant can be expanded from approximately 9 mm to approximately 12.5 mm. Additionally, other materials or implants can then be installed prior to the removal of the access cannula and closure of the implant site.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
- Surgical Instruments (AREA)
Abstract
Intervertebral implants and methods of delivering the intervertebral implants include delivering an implant through the Kambin's triangle from a posterolateral approach. The intervertebral implants can include a first body portion having an open configuration and a closed configuration. The intervertebral implants can also include a second body portion having an open configuration and a closed configuration. The first body portion removably connects to the second body portion.
Description
- 1. Field
- The present application relates to medical devices and, more particularly, to a medical device and method for treating the spine.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- The human spine is a flexible weight bearing column formed from a plurality of bones called vertebrae. There are thirty-three vertebrae, which can be grouped into one of five regions (cervical, thoracic, lumbar, sacral, and coccygeal). Moving down the spine, there are generally seven cervical vertebrae, twelve thoracic vertebrae, five lumbar vertebrae, five sacral vertebrae, and four coccygeal vertebrae. The vertebrae of the cervical, thoracic, and lumbar regions of the spine are typically separate throughout the life of an individual. In contrast, the vertebra of the sacral and coccygeal regions in an adult are fused to form two bones, the five sacral vertebrae which form the sacrum and the four coccygeal vertebrae which form the coccyx.
- In general, each vertebra contains an anterior, solid segment or body and a posterior segment or arch. The arch is generally formed of two pedicles and two laminae, supporting seven processes—four articular, two transverse, and one spinous. There are exceptions to these general characteristics of a vertebra. For example, the first cervical vertebra (atlas vertebra) has neither a body nor spinous process. In addition, the second cervical vertebra (axis vertebra) has an odontoid process, which is a strong, prominent process, shaped like a tooth, rising perpendicularly from the upper surface of the body of the axis vertebra. Further details regarding the construction of the spine may be found in such common references as Gray's Anatomy, Crown Publishers, Inc., 1977, pp. 33-54, which is herein incorporated by reference.
- The human vertebrae and associated connective elements are subjected to a variety of diseases and conditions which cause pain and disability. Among these diseases and conditions are spondylosis, spondylolisthesis, vertebral instability, spinal stenosis and degenerated, herniated, or degenerated and herniated intervertebral discs. Additionally, the vertebrae and associated connective elements are subject to injuries, including fractures and torn ligaments and surgical manipulations, including laminectomies.
- The pain and disability related to the diseases and conditions often result from the displacement of all or part of a vertebra from the remainder of the vertebral column. Over the past two decades, a variety of methods have been developed to restore the displaced vertebra to their normal position and to fix them within the vertebral column. Spinal fusion is one such method. In spinal fusion, one or more of the vertebra of the spine are united together (“fused”) so that motion no longer occurs between them. Thus, spinal fusion is the process by which the damaged disc is replaced and the spacing between the vertebrae is restored, thereby eliminating the instability and removing the pressure on neurological elements that cause pain.
- Spinal fusion can be accomplished by providing an intervertebral implant between adjacent vertebrae to recreate the natural intervertebral spacing between adjacent vertebrae. Once the implant is inserted into the intervertebral space, osteogenic substances, such as autogenous bone graft or bone allograft, can be strategically implanted adjacent the implant to prompt bone in-growth in the intervertebral space. The bone ingrowth promotes long-term fixation of the adjacent vertebrae. Various posterior fixation devices (e.g., fixation rods, screws etc.) can also be utilize to provide additional stabilization during the fusion process.
- Notwithstanding the variety of efforts in the prior art described above, these intervertebral implants and techniques are associated with another disadvantage. In particular, these techniques typically involve an open surgical procedure, which results in higher cost, lengthy in-patient hospital stays and the pain associated with open procedures. In addition, many intervertebral implants are inserted anteriorly while posterior fixation devices are inserted posteriorly. This results in additional movement of the patient. Therefore, there remains a need in the art for an improved apparatus and method for introducing an intervertebral implant.
- One embodiment comprises an intervertebral implant that includes a first body portion comprising a first member, a second member, and a first joint portion. A first shaft is provide such that the first member and the second member are pivotable around the shaft. A second body portion comprises a first member, a second member, and a second joint portion. A second shaft is provided and the first member of the second body portion and the second member of the second body portion are pivotable around the shaft. The first joint portion is removably connected to the second joint portion.
- Any of the implant features described in the specification can be included in any embodiment. For example, the first and second body portions can include one or more aperture, one or more textured surfaces, and/or a bioactive coating. The one or more textured surfaces can include a ribbed surface, spikes, or other features to engage or anchor the implant into the bone and resist movement. In certain aspects, the first joint portion and the second joint portion form a ball and socket joint. In certain aspects, the implant includes one or more depressions configured for interaction with a deployment tool.
- Another embodiment comprises an intervertebral implant that includes a body portion including a first member and a second member. The first body portion includes an open configuration and a closed configuration. A shaft extends through the first body portion and the first member of the first body portion and the second member are pivotable around the shaft from the closed configuration to the open configuration. The body portion includes a motion limiting portion to limit rotational movement of first member relative to the second member when the body portion is in the open configuration.
- Any of the implant features described in the specification can be included in any embodiment. For example, the first member can be configured to translate along a central axis of the shaft. In certain aspects, one or more surfaces of the body portion can include a textured surface, one or more apertures, and/or a bioactive coating. The textured surface can include a ribbed surface, spikes, or other features to engage or anchor the implant into the bone and resist movement. In certain aspects, the body portion can include one or more depressions configured for interaction with a deployment tool. In certain aspects, the body portion can include a spring-loaded mechanism capable of transitioning the body portion from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
- Another embodiment comprises a method of performing orthopedic surgery. The method includes engaging a first body portion with a deployment tool, delivering the first body portion into an intervertebral space; and transitioning the first body portion from a closed configuration to an open configuration.
- Any of the method steps described in the specification can be included in any embodiment. For example, delivering the first body portion can include delivering the first body portion through a posterolateral approach. In certain aspects, delivering the first body portion through the posterolateral approach can include delivering the first body portion through a Kambin's triangle. In certain aspects, the method can include: engaging a second body portion with the deployment tool; delivering the second body portion into the intervertebral space; and transitioning the second body portion from a closed configuration to an open configuration. In certain aspects, the method can include connecting a first joint portion of the first body portion to a second joint portion of the second body portion.
- For purposes of summarizing the disclosure, certain aspects, advantages and features of the inventions have been described herein. It is to be understood that not necessarily any or all such advantages are achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment of the inventions disclosed herein. No aspects of this disclosure are essential or indispensable.
- The abovementioned and other features of the inventions disclosed herein are described below with reference to the drawings of the preferred embodiments. The illustrated embodiments are intended to illustrate, but not to limit the inventions. The drawings contain the following figures:
-
FIG. 1 is a lateral elevational view of a portion of a vertebral column. -
FIG. 2 is a schematic side view of Kambin's triangle. -
FIG. 3 is a perspective view of an access cannula in positioned against a vertebral column. -
FIG. 4A is a plan view of a first and second dilator tubes in a combined position. -
FIG. 4B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of the first and second dilator tubes shown inFIG. 4A . -
FIG. 5A is a plan view of a third dilator tube. -
FIG. 5B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of the third dilator tube shown inFIG. 5A . -
FIG. 6A is a side view of the access cannula shown inFIG. 3 . -
FIG. 6B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of the access cannula shown inFIG. 6A . -
FIG. 7A is a perspective view of a dilation introducer comprising the first and second dilator tubes ofFIG. 4A , the third dilator tube ofFIG. 5A and the access cannula ofFIG. 6A . -
FIG. 7B is an enlarged detail view of the distal tip of dilation introducer shown inFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 8A is a perspective view of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 7A positioned against the spine. -
FIG. 8B is an enlarged detail view of the second dilator tube ofFIG. 7A introduced over the first dilator tube ofFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 7A , with the third dilator tube introduced over the second dilator tube. -
FIGS. 10A-10D show another embodiment in which a trocar is used in place of the first dilator tube. -
FIG. 11 shows the access point before and after the foraminoplasty performed by the dilation introducer ofFIG. 7A . -
FIG. 12A is a perspective view of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 7A , with the access cannula introduced over the third dilator tube. -
FIG. 12B is a perspective view of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 7A , with the access cannula rotated to protect the exiting nerve. -
FIG. 12C is a perspective view of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 7A , with the first, second, and third dilator tubes removed, while the access cannula remains in place. -
FIG. 13 is a plan view of an intervertebral implant for delivery through the access cannula. -
FIG. 14A is a plan view of another embodiment of a first dilator tube. -
FIG. 14B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the first dilator tube shown inFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 14C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the first dilator tube shown inFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 15A is a plan view of another embodiment of a second dilator tube. -
FIG. 15B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the second dilator tube shown inFIG. 15A . -
FIG. 15C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the second dilator tube shown inFIG. 15A . -
FIG. 16A is a plan view of another embodiment of a third dilator tube. -
FIG. 16B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the third dilator tube shown inFIG. 16A . -
FIGS. 16C and 16D are enlarged detail views of the proximal end of the third dilator tube shown inFIG. 16A . -
FIG. 17A is a plan view of another embodiment of an access cannula. -
FIG. 17B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the access cannula shown inFIG. 17A . -
FIG. 17C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the access cannula shown inFIG. 17A . -
FIG. 18A is a plan view of another embodiment of a dilation introducer comprising the first dilator tube ofFIG. 14A , the second dilator tube ofFIG. 15A , the third dilator tube ofFIG. 16A , and the access cannula ofFIG. 17A . -
FIG. 18B is an enlarged detail view of the distal end of the dilation introducer shown inFIG. 18A . -
FIG. 18C is an enlarged detail view of the proximal end of the dilation introducer shown inFIG. 18A . -
FIG. 19A is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 18A . -
FIG. 19B is an enlarged detail of the longitudinal cross-sectional view shown inFIG. 19A . -
FIG. 20A is a plan view of a dilation introducer equipped with neuro-monitoring leads and a neuro-monitoring needle. -
FIG. 20B is a plan view of the neuro-monitoring needle shown inFIG. 20A . -
FIG. 20C is an enlarged detail view of a distal tip of a neuro-monitoring needle ofFIG. 20A . -
FIG. 20D is an enlarged detail view of the neuro-monitoring leads shown inFIG. 20A . -
FIGS. 21-22 illustrate a first body portion of an implant in an open configuration. -
FIGS. 23-24 illustrate the first body portion in a closed configuration. -
FIGS. 25-26 illustrate a second body portion of the implant in an open configuration. -
FIG. 27 illustrates an intervertebral implant including the first body portion and the second body portion illustrated inFIGS. 21-26 . -
FIG. 28 illustrates a delivery of the first body portion through an access cannula. -
FIG. 29 is a perspective view of a deployment tool according to an embodiment. -
FIG. 30 is a side cross-sectional view of the deployment tool shown inFIG. 38 wherein an expandable implant is attached to a distal end thereof. - In accordance with certain embodiments disclosed herein, an improved apparatus for inserting an intervertebral implant is provided. For example, in one embodiment, the apparatus may be used to insert surgical instruments and/or one or more intervertebral implants through a minimally invasive procedure to reduce trauma to the patient and thereby enhance recovery and improve overall results. By minimally invasive, Applicant means a procedure performed percutaneously through an access device in contrast to a typically more invasive open surgical procedure.
- Certain embodiments disclosed herein are discussed in the context of an intervertebral implant and spinal fusion because of the device and methods have applicability and usefulness in such a field. The device can be used for fusion, for example, by inserting an intervertebral implant to properly space adjacent vertebrae in situations where a disc has ruptured or otherwise been damaged. “Adjacent” vertebrae can include those vertebrae originally separated only by a disc or those that are separated by intermediate vertebra and discs. Such embodiments can therefore be used to create proper disc height and spinal curvature as required in order to restore normal anatomical locations and distances. However, it is contemplated that the teachings and embodiments disclosed herein can be beneficially implemented in a variety of other operational settings, for spinal surgery and otherwise.
- Certain embodiments disclosed herein are discussed in the context of an intervertebral implant that can preserve at least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae. In one arrangement, the intervertebral implant is configured to be inserted through the Kambin triangle (as described below) in a reduced cross-sectional profile. Once the implant is passed through the Kambin triangle, the implant can be converted into a second, larger cross-sectional profile in which the device can engage and maintain separation of the adjacent vertebra while still allowing least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae.
- As context for the methods and devices described herein,
FIG. 1 is a lateral view of avertebral column 10. As shown inFIG. 1 , thevertebral column 10 comprises a series ofalternative vertebrae 11 and fibrousintervertebral discs 12 that provide axial support and movement to the upper portions of the body. Thevertebral column 10 typically comprises thirty-threevertebrae 11, with seven cervical (C1-C7), twelve thoracic (T1-T12), five lumbar (L1-L5), five fused sacral (S1-S5), and four fused coccygeal vertebrae. -
FIG. 2 is a schematic view of Kambin's triangle. Thisregion 20 is the site of posterolateral access for spinal surgery. It can be defined as a right triangle over theintervertebral disc 12 viewed dorsolaterally. The hypotenuse is the exitingnerve 21, the base is the superior border of theinferior vertebra 22, and the height is the traversingnerve root 23. As will be explained below, in one embodiment, theintervertebral disc 12 is accessed through this region by performing a foraminoplasty in which a portion of the inferior vertebra is removed such that surgical instruments or implants can be introduced at this region of the spine. In such a procedure, it is often desired to protect the exiting nerve and the traversing nerve root. Apparatuses and methods for accessing the intervertebral disc through Kambin's triangle may involve performing endoscopic foraminoplasty while protecting the nerve will be discussed in more detail below. Utilizing foraminoplasty to access the intervertebral disc through Kambin's triangle can have several advantages (e.g., less or reduced trauma to the patient) as compared to accessing the intervertebral disc posteriorly or anteriorly as is typically done in the art. In particular, surgical procedures involving posterior access often require removal of the facet joint. For example, transforaminal interbody lumbar fusion (TLIF) typically involves removal of one facet joint to create an expanded access path to the intervertebral disc. Removal of the facet joint can be very painful for the patient, and is associated with increased recovery time. In contrast, accessing the intervertebral disc through Kambin's triangle may advantageously avoid the need to remove the facet joint. As described in more detail below, endoscopic foraminoplasty may provide for expanded access to the intervertebral disc without removal of a facet joint. Sparing the facet joint may reduce patient pain and blood loss associated with the surgical procedure. In addition, sparing the facet joint can advantageously permit the use of certain posterior fixation devices which utilize the facet joint for support (e.g., trans-facet screws, trans-pedicle screws, and/or pedicle screws). In this manner, such posterior fixation devices can be used in combination with interbody devices inserted through the Kambin's triangle. -
FIGS. 2-7B illustrate an embodiment of a dilation introducer 100 that can be used to perform percutaneous orthopedic surgery. As will be described in detail below, the dilation introducer in the illustrated embodiments can comprise anaccess cannula 30, and a first, second andthird dilator tubes third dilator tubes 40, modified embodiments can include more or less dilator tubes and/or dilator tubes with modified features. It is also anticipated that in some embodiments, theaccess cannula 30 can be eliminated from the introducer or modified. -
FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment of theaccess cannula 30, which is shown in a position for performing surgery on an intervertebral disc, for instance transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Theaccess cannula 30 in the illustrated embodiment has aninner lumen 31 that allows for surgical instruments and devices to pass through it to access theintervertebral disc 12. The distal tip of the cannula can be oriented such that surgical instruments have access to the intervertebral disc without contacting with the exiting nerve. The position shown inFIG. 3 can be achieved by following the method disclosed herein, discussed in more detail below. -
FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate an embodiment of thefirst dilator tube 40 andsecond dilator tube 45 of the dilation introducer 100. As shown, in the illustrated embodiment, thefirst dilator tube 40 has adistal portion 41, anouter radius 42 and a firstlongitudinal lumen 43. The illustratedsecond dilator tube 45 has adistal portion 46, an outer radius 47 and a second longitudinal lumen 48. As shown, the first dilator tube can be received within the lumen of the second dilator tube. Theouter radius 42 of the first dilator tube can be centered around a firstlongitudinal axis 44. The outer radius 47 of the second dilator tube can be centered around a secondlongitudinal axis 49. In the illustrated embodiment, the secondlongitudinal axis 49 is laterally offset from the firstlongitudinal axis 44. In the configuration shown, the outer radius of the first dilator tube is nearly equivalent to the inner radius of the second longitudinal lumen such that the first dilator tube can be slidably received within the second dilator tub. Thesecond dilator tube 45 can include ahandle 50 for rotating the tube independently of thefirst dilator tube 40. In the illustrated embodiment, a collar can be located distal to the handle, with an outer radius larger than the outer radius of the second dilator tube, but smaller than the outer radius of the handle. In a modified embodiment, thefirst dilator tube 40 can also a separate handle which can be locked together with thehandle 50 of thesecond dilator tube 45. In one embodiment, the first andsecond dilator tubes distal portion 46 of the second dilator tube has a flattened edge. This flattened edge advantageously prevents thesecond dilator tube 45 from penetrating the disc. -
FIG. 4B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portions of the first andsecond dilator tubes FIG. 4A . Thedistal portion 46 of thesecond dilator tube 45 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section, configured such that when thefirst dilator tube 40 is received within thesecond dilator tube 45, the outer radial surface of thefirst dilator tube 40 is partially exposed at thedistal portion 46 of thesecond dilator tube 45. The opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of the second dilator tube can be oriented opposite the secondlongitudinal axis 49 with respect to the firstlongitudinal axis 44. Additionally, the second dilator tube can include cutting flutes orridges 51 on one side, located opposite the opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of thesecond dilator tube 45. In other embodiments, the cutting flutes may be replaced with a coarse surface (e.g., knurling, sharp edges, abrasive members, etc.) which, when rotated or slid (e.g., back and forth) against bone, will create a recess therein. As noted above, other mechanisms for removing bone can be used, and the cutting flutes are shown here by way of example only. As can be seen inFIG. 4B , the inner lumen of thesecond dilator tube 45 can be off-center. In this configuration, the cuttingflutes 51 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly advantageous for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below. - Although the illustrated embodiment depicts the first and second dilator tubes as separate elements, in alternative embodiments these two tubes can be coupled formed together as one unified dilator tube with a staggered distal portion. In still other embodiments, the first dilator tube and second dilator tube may be coupled together to form a single component. The tubes may be joined by, for instance, welding, adhesive, mechanical joints, or any other appropriate means.
- In another alternative embodiment, the first dilator tube may be omitted. Instead, a Jamshidi® needle with a removable handle, or a similar device, may be used to initially define a path to the intervertebral disc. With the handle of the Jamshidi® needle removed, the second dilator tube may be advanced over the Jamshidi® needle, just as with the first dilator tube. In some embodiments, a K-wire or similar device can be inserted through the Jamshidi® needle and/or dilator tubes.
-
FIGS. 5A and 5B illustrate and embodiment of thethird dilator tube 60, which can be configured to be slidably introduced over thesecond dilator tube 45. Thethird dilator tube 60 can include adistal portion 61, a thirdouter radius 62 centered around a thirdlongitudinal axis 63, and a thirdlongitudinal lumen 64 having a thirdinner radius 65. Thethird lumen 64 can be configured to removably receive the second dilator tube (not shown) for slidable movement within thethird lumen 64. In such a configuration, the thirdlongitudinal axis 63 is parallel to and laterally offset from the secondlongitudinal axis 49. Ahandle 66 can allow for rotation of the third dilator tube. In one arrangement, a collar can be located distal to thehandle 66, with an outer radius larger than the outer radius of thethird dilator tube 45, but smaller than the outer radius of the handle. - In some embodiments, a
button 67 on thehandle 66 allows for the operator to toggle between a locked and unlocked configuration. In a locked configuration, the second and third dilator tubes are unable to slide relative to one another. In an embodiment, the locked configuration permits the dilator tubes to rotate independently with respect to one another. In another embodiment, the locked configuration restrains rotational movement as well as slidable movement. Thebutton 67 may comprise a generally rectangular shape with a cut-out large enough for the collar of thesecond dilator tube 45 to pass therethrough. A spring located underneath thebutton 67 provides upward pressure on the button. When uncompressed, the cut-out portion of the button presses firmly against the collar of thesecond dilator tube 45, which may be received within thehandle 66 of the third dilator tube. When uncompressed, the friction of thebutton 67 against the collar inhibits movement of thethird dilator tube 60 with respect to the second dilator tube. In some embodiments, the cut-out portion of the button may form a notch configured to fit within the ridge on the collar of the third dilator tube. Upon compressing thebutton 67, the cut-out portion of the button may be moved away from the collar, permitting free movement of thethird dilator tube 60 relative to thesecond dilator tube 45. -
FIG. 5B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the third dilator tube ofFIG. 5A . Thedistal portion 61 has a generally semi-annular cross-section, and cuttingflutes 167 for reaming bone located opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section. As with the second dilator tube, in other embodiments the cutting flutes may be replaced or used in combination with a coarse or other cutting or abrading surface which, when rotated or slid against bone, will create a recess therein. As can be seen inFIG. 5B , the inner lumen of thethird dilator tube 60 may be off-center. In this configuration, the cuttingflutes 68 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly beneficial for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below. -
FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate an embodiment of the access cannula, which can be configured to be introduced over the third dilator tube (not shown). Theaccess cannula 30 has adistal portion 32, a fourthouter radius 33 centered around a fourthlongitudinal axis 34, and a fourthlongitudinal lumen 31 having a fourthinner radius 35. Theaccess cannula 30 may be configured to removably receive the third dilator tube (not shown) for slidable movement within the third lumen. A handle allows for rotation of theaccess cannula 30. - In some embodiments, a
button 37 on thehandle 36 allows for the operator to toggle between a locked and unlocked configuration. In a locked configuration, third dilator tube and the access cannula are unable to slide relative to one another. In an embodiment, the locked configuration permits the dilator tubes to rotate independently with respect to one another. In another embodiment, the locked configuration restrains rotational movement as well as slidable movement. Thebutton 37 may comprise a generally rectangular shape with a cut-out large enough for the collar of thethird dilator tube 60 to pass therethrough. A spring located beneath thebutton 37 can provide upward pressure on the button. When uncompressed, the cut-out portion of the button can press firmly against the collar of thethird dilator tube 45, which may be received within the handle of theaccess cannula 30. When uncompressed, the friction of thebutton 37 against the collar can inhibit movement of theaccess cannula 30 with respect to thethird dilator tube 60. Upon compressing thebutton 37, the cut-out portion of the button can be moved away from the collar, permitting free movement of theaccess cannula 30 relative to thethird dilator tube 60. -
FIG. 6B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the access cannula ofFIG. 6A . Thedistal portion 32 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section. In the embodiment shown, the fourth longitudinal lumen may be centered with respect to the outer radius of the access cannula, in contrast to the second and third dilator tubes. In other embodiments, however, the access cannula may also have a longitudinal lumen that may be off-center with respect to the outer radius. In yet another embodiment, the access cannula need not be limited to a cylindrical outer surface. The outer surface could, for instance, have an elliptical, polygonal, or other cross-sectional shape. -
FIGS. 7A and 7B illustrate one embodiment of the dilation introducer 100 in an assembled configuration. As shown, theaccess cannula 30 can be positioned over thethird dilator tube 60, which can be positioned over thesecond dilator tube 45, which in turn can be positioned over thefirst dilator tube 40. Thehandles second dilator tube 45 to rotate with respect to thefirst dilator tube 40. Thethird dilator tube 60 can be advanced distally until thedistal portion 61 of the third dilator tube aligns with thedistal portion 46 of the second dilator tube. Further, the access cannula may also be advanced so that thedistal portion 32 aligns with thedistal portions third dilator tubes flutes distal portions longitudinal axes - In certain embodiments, the first, second and third dilator tubes along with the access cannula can be provided with additional stops that engage the buttons described above. For example, in one embodiment, notches or detents can be provided that engage the button when one tube is advanced distally and reaches a specific location (e.g., end point). In this manner, forward movement of a tube or cannula can be limited once the tube or cannula may be advanced to a desired location
-
FIG. 7B shows an enlarged detail view of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 7A . Thedistal portions third dilator tubes access cannula 30 have generally semi-annular cross-sections. Thedistal portions -
FIGS. 8A-13 illustrate one embodiment of a method of performing percutaneous orthopedic surgery using the dilation introducer. With initial reference toFIG. 8A , thefirst dilator tube 40 can be placed through Kambin'striangle 20 until thedistal portion 41 abuts or even penetrates theintervertebral disc 12. In one arrangement, thesecond dilator tube 45 can then be advanced over thefirst dilator tube 40 until thedistal portion 46 of the second dilator tube abuts but does not enter theintervertebral disc 12. - As discussed above, although the illustrated embodiment shows the first and second dilator tubes as separate elements, in alternative embodiments these two tubes may be formed together as one unified dilator tube with a staggered distal portion. In still other embodiments, the first dilator tube and second dilator tube may be coupled together to form a single component. In these alternative embodiments, the unified or coupled dilator tube may be advanced until the more distal portion abuts or penetrates the intervertebral disc.
- In another alternative embodiment, the first dilator tube may be omitted. Instead, a Jamshidi® needle with a removable handle or similar device may be used. In such an embodiment, the Jamshidi® needle may be first introduced to abut or enter the intervertebral disc, after which the handle may be removed. Optionally, a K-wire may be inserted into the Jamshidi® needle after it is in position either abutting or partially penetrating the intervertebral disc. The second dilator tube may then be advanced over the Jamshidi® needle.
-
FIG. 8B shows an enlarged detail of thesecond dilator tube 45 introduced over thefirst dilator tube 40. Thedistal portion 46 of thesecond dilator tube 45 can have a semi-annular cross-section with an opening that forms a recess with respect to the leading edge of thetube 45. Thesecond dilator tube 45 can be oriented for advancement over thefirst dilator tube 40 such that the opening of the semi-annular cross-section faces the exitingnerve 21. This technique advantageously limits and/or eliminates contact with the exiting nerve. Thedistal portion 46 of the second dilator tube opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section abuts theinferior vertebrae 22. The cutting flutes (not shown) are positioned against theinferior vertebrae 22. Thesecond dilator tube 45 may be rotated slightly back and forth, such that the cutting flutes create a recess in theinferior vertebrae 22, making room for introduction of the third dilator tube. When rotating the second dilator tube, care is taken to minimize any trauma inflicted upon the exiting nerve. Accordingly, in the illustrated embodiment, thetube 45 can be used to remove bone on a side of thetube 45 generally opposite of thenerve 21. - With reference now to
FIG. 9 , thethird dilator tube 60 can be introduced over thesecond dilator tube 45. In one arrangement, thedistal portion 61 of thethird dilator tube 60 abuts but does not enter the intervertebral disc. In the illustrated embodiment, a flattened edge of the distal portion can help ensure that thethird dilator tube 60 does not penetrate the intervertebral disc or limit such penetration. As with the second dilator tube, the opening of the semi-annular cross-section of the distal portion of the third dilator tube can be positioned to face the exiting nerve (not shown). Contact between thethird dilator tube 60 and the nerve can thereby be minimized or eliminated. The cutting flutes 68 of the third dilator tube can be positioned opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section and abut theinferior vertebrae 22. Thethird dilator tube 60 may be rotated slightly back and forth, such that the cutting flutes create a further recess in theinferior vertebrae 22, making room for introduction of the access cannula. Again, care should be taken during the rotation of the third dilator tube to ensure that the exiting nerve is not injured thereby. Accordingly, the third dilator tube can be can be used to remove bone on a side of thetube 60 generally opposite of thenerve 21. -
FIGS. 10A-D show an alternative method in which a trocar can be used in place of the first dilator tube. In some embodiments, the insertion point and access trajectory can first be determined. For example, a patient may lie face down on a surgical frame to facilitate a lordotic position of the lumbar spine. With aid of a lateral x-ray or other imaging system, a K-wire (or equivalent) can be laid beside the patient and placed to the depth of optimal insertion for the intervertebral implant. Intersection with the skin can be marked on the K-wire (or equivalent). With the aid of an anteroposterior x-ray or other imaging system, the K-wire (or equivalent) can be laid on top of the patient, aligned with the disc in a view that allows for the end plates to be parallel (e.g., Ferguson View or Reverse Ferguson, as applicable). The distance between the midline and the previously marked point on the K-wire can define the insertion point. - As illustrated in
FIG. 10A , a small skin incision can be made defining a trajectory into the disc can be between 45 and 55 degrees. Next, atrocar 90 can be placed into the center of thedisc 12 of the level to be treated, up to but not through the distal annulus. Alternatively, an 11 gauge to 18 gauge access needle can be used. As shown inFIGS. 10B-C , theinner stylet 92 of the trocar (if present) can be removed while maintaining theouter sheath 94 in place within thedisc 12. Alternatively, a K-wire can be inserted into the disc and the outer sheath may be removed. Next, adilation introducer 96 can be placed over theouter sheath 94 of the trocar (or over the K-wire, if applicable). Thedilation introducer 96 can be aligned so that the smooth edges are oriented towards the exiting nerve root and the foramen. In some embodiments, thedilation introducer 96 can include at least second and third dilator tubes, each having cutting flutes adapted to perform foraminoplasty for improved access to the disc space. In some embodiments, thedilation introducer 96 can function substantially as described elsewhere herein, except that thetrocar 90 has replaced the first dilator tube. In some embodiments, the second dilator tubes may be rotated within +/−45 degrees around the longitudinal axis so that the cutting flutes do not contact the exiting nerve. -
FIG. 11 shows the access area before and after the second andthird dilator tubes inferior vertebrae 22. Thearea 70 in the left image demarcated by a dashed line is the portion of bone that can be removed by the second andthird dilation tubes nerve 21. The method described is not limited by the precise location of the recess shown inFIG. 11 . In general, a recess may be formed anywhere along the superior border of theinferior vertebrae 22, in order to provide improved access for a dilation introducer. -
FIG. 12A shows theaccess cannula 30 introduced over thethird dilator tube 60. Thedistal portion 32 of theaccess cannula 30 abuts but does not enter theintervertebral disc 12. In one embodiment, thedistal portion 32 can be equipped with flattened edges to guard against insertion into the intervertebral disc. As with the second andthird dilator tubes distal portion 32 of theaccess cannula 30 can be positioned initially to face the exiting nerve (not shown). Contact between theaccess cannula 30 and the exiting nerve can thereby be minimized during insertion. - As can be seen in
FIG. 12B , theaccess cannula 30 can then be rotated such that the opening of the semi-annular cross-section faces opposite the exiting nerve (not shown). Since, unlike the second andthird dilator tubes - Referring now to
FIG. 12C , once theaccess cannula 30 is in position, which in one embodiment comprising until thedistal portion 32 abuts theintervertebral disc 12, thecannula 30 can be rotated so that the opening of the semi-annular cross-section faces opposite the exiting nerve (not shown), the first, second, andthird dilator tubes cannula 30 can gently move the nerve away from the access site while also protecting the nerve as tools and devices may be inserted through thecannula 30. Theaccess cannula 30 can then provide anopen lumen 31 through which surgical tools can be introduced to the site of theintervertebral disc 12. As noted above, the positioning of theaccess cannula 30 protects the exiting nerve (not shown) from coming into contact with any of the surgical tools. - An example of a surgical tool for use through the access cannula is depicted in
FIG. 13 . Theintervertebral implant 80 may be introduced through theaccess cannula 30, and released once in position. Although a particular intervertebral implant is shown here, one of skill in the art will readily understand that any number of surgical tools may be introduced through the access cannula. For example, surgical tools to be inserted through the access cannula may include, without limitation, discectomy tools, tissue extractors, rasps, forceps, drills (e.g., trephine), rongeurs, curettes, paddle distracters, mechanical distracters, lasers, automated probes, manual probes, and plasma wands. In one embodiment of use, an opening in the disc annulus can be formed and a portion of the disc can be removed using tools advanced through theaccess cannula 30. The disc space can be distracted (e.g., using paddle distracters) before and/or after theimplant 80 and/or different or additional interbody devices are inserted through theaccess cannula 30 and placed between the vertebral bodies to maintain spacing. In some embodiments the disc nucleus or portions thereof is removed while leaving the disc annulus. -
FIGS. 14-20D illustrate another aspect of adilation introducer 1100 that can be used to perform percutaneous orthopedic surgery. The dilation introducer in this embodiment is similar in some respects to that described above. As will be described in detail below, the proximal portion of thedilation introducer 1100 differs significantly from that of the dilation introducer 100 described above. The dilation introducer 1100 in the illustrated embodiments can comprise anaccess cannula 130, and a first, second andthird dilator tubes third dilator tubes 140, modified embodiments can include more or less dilator tubes and/or dilator tubes with modified features. It is also anticipated that in some embodiments, theaccess cannula 130 can be eliminated from the introducer or modified. -
FIGS. 14A to 14C illustrate an embodiment of thefirst dilator tube 140 of thedilation introducer 1100. As shown, in the illustrated embodiment, thefirst dilator tube 140 may havedistal portion 141, anouter radius 142, and a firstlongitudinal lumen 143. Theouter radius 142 can be centered around firstlongitudinal axis 144. Thedistal portion 141 may include a taperedtip 171 of the dilator tube. Theproximal portion 172 of the first dilator tube may include a firstproximal head 173, with a threadedportion 174 distal to thegripping portion 175. In some embodiments, thelongitudinal lumen 143 extends through theproximal head 173, such that a guidewire or K-wire may be introduced through theproximal head 173 and thedilator tube 140. -
FIGS. 15A to 15C illustrate an embodiment of thesecond dilator tube 145. In the embodiment shown the second dilator tube has adistal portion 146, and anouter radius 147. The outer radius may be centered around a secondlongitudinal axis 149. The second dilator tube includes a second longitudinal lumen 48 with aninner radius 176. Theouter radius 142 of the first dilator tube may be nearly equivalent to theinner radius 176 of the second dilator tube, such that thefirst dilator tube 140 can be slidably received within the secondlongitudinal lumen 148. Theproximal portion 177 of the second dilator tube includes acollar 178. -
FIG. 15B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of thesecond dilator tube 145. Thedistal portion 146 of the second dilator tube may include a flattenededge 179. This flattenededge 179 advantageously prevents thesecond dilator tube 145 from penetrating the intervertebral disc 112. Thetip 180 ofdistal portion 146 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section, configured such that when thefirst dilator tube 140 is received within thesecond dilator tube 145, the outer radial surface of thefirst dilator tube 140 is partially exposed at thedistal tip 180 of thesecond dilator tube 145. The opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of the second dilator tube can be oriented opposite the secondlongitudinal axis 149 with respect to thelongitudinal axis 127 of the second longitudinal lumen. - When the
first dilator tube 140 is received within thesecond dilator tube 145, thelongitudinal axis 127 of the second longitudinal lumen is essentially aligned with the firstlongitudinal axis 144. Additionally, thesecond dilator tube 145 can include cutting flutes orridges 151 on one side, located opposite the opening of the generally semi-annular cross-section of thesecond dilator tube 145. In other embodiments, the cuttingflutes 151 may be replaced with a coarse surface (e.g., knurling, sharp edges, abrasive members, etc.) which, when rotated or slid (e.g., back and forth) against bone, will create a recess therein. As noted above, other mechanisms for removing bone can be used, and the cutting flutes are shown here by way of example only. As can be seen inFIG. 15B , theinner lumen 148 of thesecond dilator tube 145 can be off-center. In this configuration, the cuttingflutes 151 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly advantageous for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below. -
FIG. 15C shows an enlarged detail view of theproximal portion 177 of thesecond dilator tube 145. Thecollar 178 includes anaperture 181, which may be used in conjunction with the third dilator tube, as described in detail below. In alternative embodiments, theaperture 181 may be instead replaced with a circumferentially oriented groove. -
FIGS. 16A to 16D illustrate and embodiment of thethird dilator tube 160, which can be configured to be slidably introduced over thesecond dilator tube 145. Thethird dilator tube 160 can include adistal portion 161, a thirdouter radius 162 centered around a thirdlongitudinal axis 163, and a thirdlongitudinal lumen 164 having a thirdinner radius 165 centered aroundlongitudinal axis 169 that runs parallel to and laterally offset from the thirdlongitudinal axis 163. Thethird lumen 164 can be configured to removably receive thesecond dilator tube 145 for slidable movement within thethird lumen 164. In such a configuration, the secondlongitudinal axis 149 essentially aligns with thelongitudinal axis 169 of theinner lumen 164 of thethird dilator tube 160. Theproximal portion 182 includes ahandle assembly 183. -
FIG. 16B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the third dilator tube ofFIG. 16A . Thedistal portion 161 of the third dilator tube may include a flattenededge 185. This flattenededge 185 advantageously prevents thethird dilator tube 160 from penetrating the intervertebral disc 112. Thetip 184 of thedistal portion 161 has a generally semi-annular cross-section, and cuttingflutes 167 for reaming bone located opposite the opening of the semi-annular cross-section. As with the second dilator tube, in other embodiments the cutting flutes may be replaced or used in combination with a coarse or other cutting or abrading surface which, when rotated or slid against bone, will create a recess therein. As can be seen inFIG. 16B , thelongitudinal lumen 164 of thethird dilator tube 160 may be off-center. In this configuration, the cuttingflutes 167 are further from the axis of rotation than the side opposite the cutting flutes. This is particularly beneficial for performing foraminoplasty while protecting the exiting nerve, as will be discussed in more detail below. -
FIGS. 16C and 16D show enlarged detail views of theproximal portion 182 of thethird dilator tube 160. Theproximal portion 182 includes ahandle assembly 183. Afirst latching button 186 may be configured for constraining the movement of the third dilator tube relative to the second dilator tube, as described in more detail below. In various embodiments, thelatching button 186 may constrain slidable movement, rotational movement, or both. Asecond latching button 187 may be located distal thefirst latching button 186, and may be configured to constrain the movement of the access cannula relative to the third dilator tube, as described in more detail below. The distal end of thehandle assembly 183 includes an overhanginglip 191 into which theproximal grip 136 of the access cannula can be removably received. When theproximal grip 136 of the access cannula is received within the overhanginglip 191, thelocking pin 1103 slides within the lockingpinhole 1104 on theproximal grip 136 of the access cannula, thereby restricting rotational movement of the access cannula relative to the third dilator tube. In various embodiments, the locking pinhole may be omitted, permitting rotation of theaccess cannula 130 relative to thethird dilator tube 60. -
FIGS. 17A to 17C illustrate an embodiment of theaccess cannula 130, which can be configured to be introduced over thethird dilator tube 145. Theaccess cannula 130 has adistal portion 132, a fourthlongitudinal axis 134, and a fourthlongitudinal lumen 131 having a fourth inner radius 135. Theaccess cannula 130 may be configured to removably receive the third dilator tube (not shown) for slidable movement within the third lumen. Ahandle 136 allows for rotation of theaccess cannula 130. -
FIG. 17B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the access cannula ofFIG. 17A . Thedistal portion 132 can have a generally semi-annular cross-section. In the embodiment shown, the fourth longitudinal lumen may be centered with respect to the outer radius of the access cannula, in contrast to the second and third dilator tubes. In other embodiments, however, the access cannula may also have a longitudinal lumen that is off-center with respect to the outer radius. In yet another embodiment, the access cannula need not be limited to a cylindrical outer surface. The outer surface could, for instance, have an elliptical, polygonal, or other cross-sectional shape. -
FIG. 17C shows an enlarged detail view of the proximal portion 193 of the access cannula ofFIG. 17A . Theproximal grip 136 may provide additional leverage while advancing the access cannula over the third dilator tube. Theproximal grip 136 includes alarger diameter portion 198 and asmaller diameter portion 199. Thesmaller diameter portion 199 includes acircumferential channel 1107 for use in interlocking with the third dilator tube, as discussed in detail below. A lockingpinhole 1104 can receive thelocking pin 1103 on the third dilator tube, thereby restraining rotational movement of theaccess cannula 160 relative to thethird dilator tube 145. -
FIGS. 18A to 18C illustrate one embodiment of thedilation introducer 1100 in an assembled configuration. As shown, theaccess cannula 130 can be positioned over thethird dilator tube 160, which can be positioned over thesecond dilator tube 145, which in turn can be positioned over thefirst dilator tube 140. Thehandle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube may be in a locked configuration with theproximal grip 136 of the access cannula can be locked together to constrain slidable movement, but allow for theaccess cannula 130 to rotate with respect to thethird dilator tube 160. Additionally, thesecond dilator tube 145 may be locked together with the third dilator tube to constrain slidable movement, while still allowing thesecond dilator tube 145 to rotate with respect to the third dilator tube. Alternatively, the second dilator tube may be in a locked configuration preventing both slidable and rotational movement with respect to thethird dilator tube 145. Thethird dilator tube 60 can be advanced distally until thedistal portion 161 of the third dilator tube aligns with thedistal portion 46 of the second dilator tube. Further, theaccess cannula 130 may also be advanced so that thedistal portion 32 aligns with thedistal portions third dilator tubes flutes distal portions longitudinal axes - In certain embodiments, the first, second and
third dilator tubes access cannula 130 can be provided with additional stops that engage theproximal grip 136 of the access cannula and thehandle assembly 183 of the third dilator tube described above. For example, in one embodiment, notches or detents can be provided that engage theproximal grip 136 or handleassembly 183 when one tube is advanced distally and reaches a specific location (e.g., end point). In this manner, forward movement of a tube or cannula can be limited once the tube or cannula is advanced to a desired location -
FIG. 18B shows an enlarged detail view of the distal portion of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 18A . Thedistal portions third dilator tubes access cannula 130 may have generally semi-annular cross-sections. Thedistal portions third dilator tubes edges -
FIG. 18C shows an enlarged detail view of the proximal portion of the dilation introducer ofFIG. 18A . Theproximal grip 136 of theaccess cannula 130 is shown in a locked configuration with thehandle assembly 183 of thethird dilator tube 160. The smaller diameter portion (not shown) may be received within the overhanginglip 191 on the distal end of thehandle assembly 183. Latchingbuttons portion 175 ofproximal head 173 of thefirst dilator tube 140 is visible at the proximal end of the dilation introducer. As shown, the first dilator tube may be fastened to thehandle assembly 183 by means of the threaded portion 174 (not shown) on theproximal head 173 and the threaded receiving portion 190 (not shown) of thehandle assembly 183. As shown, this fastening constrains both rotational and slidable movement of the first dilator tube relative to the third dilator tube. In various embodiments, the first dilator tube may be affixed to thehandle assembly 183 by other means that allow for free rotational movement, free slidable movement, or both. - Referring to
FIGS. 19A and 19B , adilation introducer 1100 is shown in a locked assembled configuration. The dilation introducer 1100 includes afirst dilator tube 140, asecond dilator tube 145, athird dilator tube 160, and anaccess cannula 130. The first dilator tube has adistal portion 141 with a taperedtip 171, and aproximal portion 172 having aproximal head 173. In various embodiments, thefirst dilator tube 140 may be cannulated, for example to allow passage of a guide wire down thelongitudinal axis 143 of thefirst dilator tube 140, or the first dilator tube may be without a lumen and uncannulated. Thesecond dilator tube 145 has adistal tip 180 with a flattenededge 179, aproximal portion 177 with acollar 178, and alongitudinal lumen 148. Thefirst dilator tube 140 may be removably received within thesecond dilator tube 145. - The
third dilator tube 160 has adistal tip 184 with a flattenededge 185, aproximal portion 182 with ahandle assembly 183, and alongitudinal lumen 164. Thesecond dilator tube 145 may be removably received in thelongitudinal lumen 164 of thethird dilator tube 160 for slidable movement within thethird dilator tube 160. The threadedportion 174 of theproximal head 173 of the first dilator tube engages with the interior threaded receivingportion 190 of thehandle assembly 183 of thethird dilator tube 160. With the proximal head of the first dilator tube affixed to thehandle assembly 183, the first andthird dilator tubes first latching button 186 disposed on thehandle assembly 183 of thethird dilator tube 160 and extending through afirst aperture 1105 in thehandle assembly 183 of thethird dilator tube 160, so that thefirst latching button 186 may be moveable between a radially inward locking position (arrow 1101) and a radially outward unlocking position (arrow 1102). - The
distal end 196 of the first latching button may be removably received inaperture 181 of thesecond dilator tube 145 so as to engage and lock the second and third dilators together in the locking position. Alternatively, the latching button may be received in a circumferentially oriented groove of the second dilator tube, which may or may not extend completely around the second dilator tube. Thefirst latching button 186 may be pulled radially outwardly to release thesecond dilator tube 145, to allow thethird dilator tube 160 to slide with respect to thesecond dilator tube 145. - The
access cannula 130 has adistal portion 161, a proximal portion 193, aproximal grip 136, andlongitudinal lumen 164. Thethird dilator tube 145 may be removably received within theaccess cannula 130 for slidable movement within thelongitudinal lumen 131 of theaccess cannula 130. Thethird dilator tube 145 and theaccess cannula 130 also have a locked configuration in which theaccess cannula 130 may be not permitted to slidably telescope over thethird dilator tube 145. - The proximal portion 193 of the
access cannula 130 includes aproximal grip 136 with alarger diameter portion 198 and asmaller diameter portion 199. Thesmaller diameter portion 199 may be sized to fit under an overhanginglip 191 of the third dilator tube, when the longitudinal axes of the third dilator tube and access cannula may be aligned. There may be a circumferentially orientedchannel 1107 in the exterior of the smaller diameter portion 919 for receiving adistal end 197 of asecond latching button 187. The circumferentially orientedchannel 1107 does not need to extend completely around the exterior of thesmaller diameter portion 199. - The
third dilator tube 145 and theaccess cannula 130 may be connected together in a locked configuration with thesecond latching button 187 disposed on the overhanginglip 191 of thehandle assembly 183 of thethird dilator tube 145. The second latching button extends through anaperture 1106 in the overhanginglip 191 of thehandle assembly 183 and may be movable between a radially inward locking position (arrow 194) and a radially outward unlocking position (arrow 195). Thedistal end 197 of thesecond latching button 187 may be removably received in the channel 107 located in thesmaller diameter portion 199 of theaccess cannula 130, in the locking position, to lock thethird dilator tube 45 and theaccess cannula 130 in the locked assembled configuration. Thesecond latching button 187 may be pulled radially outward to release theaccess cannula 130 to slide to the unlocked configuration. Furthermore, the second andthird dilator tubes access cannula 130. In other words, thefirst dilator tube 140 andsecond dilator tube 145 can be kept locked together and can be removed from theaccess cannula 130 by unlocking thesecond latching button 187 alone. An advantage of this embodiment is that the latchingbuttons access cannula 130. - The access cannula being free of protuberances, such as the latching buttons, is less likely to catch surgical sponges and sutures, for example, on the dilation introducer.
- Dilation Introducer with Neuro-Monitoring
-
FIGS. 20A to 20D show another aspect of a dilation introducer, in which the first dilator tube may be replaced with a neuro-monitoring needle 1108. The neuro-monitoring needle 1108 includes awire 1109 which may be enclosed by aneedle cannula 1110, with thewire 1109 exposed at thedistal tip 1111. Theneedle cannula 1110 may be surrounded bydielectric coating 1112 along its length for insulation. For example, thewire 1109 can comprise stainless steel and thedielectric coating 1112 can comprise parylene. As noted above, aknob 1115 may be located on theproximal portion 1116 of the neuro-monitoring needle 1108. A first neuro-monitoring lead 1113 may be attached to theproximal portion 177 of thesecond dilator tube 145. A second neuro-monitoring lead 1114 may be attached to theproximal portion 183 of thethird dilator tube 160. - The neuro-
monitoring needle 1108 can be made from several components. Thewire 1108 portion can be stainless steel coated withdielectric coating 1112 of parylene. Thedistal tip 1111 of thewire 1109 can be exposed so that it can transmit current. Theneedle cannula 1110 which covers thewire 1109 can also comprise stainless steel coated with parylene. In some embodiments, this needle cannula could also be described as an exchange tube where once the wire is removed a K-wire could be placed down it and into the disc space. Thewire 1109 can be attached to a handle at the proximal end ultimately protrude from the handle, serving as the electrode to attach a neuromonitoring system. In some embodiments, the proximal diameter can be parylene coated, while the rest of thewire 1109 can be uncoated to transmit the current. - The
wire 1109 may comprise a conductive material, such as silver, copper, gold, aluminum, platinum, stainless steel, etc. A constant current may be applied to thewire 1109. Theneedle cannula 1110 may be insulated bydielectric coating 1112. Although the coating shown here is dielectric, any sufficiently insulative coating may be used. Alternatively, an insulative sleeve may encase the wire. This arrangement protects theconductive wire 1109 at all points except the mostdistal tip 1111. As the exposed tip of thewire 1109 is advanced through the tissue, it continues to be supplied with current. When thetip 1111 approaches a nerve, the nerve may be stimulated. The degree of stimulation to the nerve is related to the distance between thedistal tip 1111 and the nerve. Stimulation of the nerve may be measured by, e.g., visually observing the patient's leg for movement, or by measuring muscle activity through electromyography (EMG) or various other known techniques. - Utilizing this configuration may provide the operator with added guidance as to the positioning of the first dilator tube to the surgical access point and through Kambin's triangle. With each movement, the operator may be alerted when the tip of the first dilator tube approaches or comes into contact with a nerve. The operator may use this technique alone or in conjunction with other positioning assistance techniques such as fluoroscopy and tactile feedback. The amount of current applied to the
wire 1109 may be varied depending on the preferred sensitivity. Naturally, the greater the current supplied, the greater nerve stimulation will result at a given distance from the nerve. In various embodiments the current applied to theconductive wire 1109 may not be constant, but rather periodic or irregular. Alternatively, pulses of current may be provided only on demand from the operator. - Although not shown here, a similar configuration may be applied to the second and third dilator tubes, and to the access cannula. Each may include a conductive wire embedded within the tube, or it may be separately attached. In either configuration, a distal tip of conductive wire may be exposed and the wire may be provided with current. As the dilator tube or access cannula is advanced through the tissue and towards the access site, nerve stimulation may be monitored as described above. The current supplied to each of the first, second, and third dilator tubes and to the access cannula may be controlled independently, so that when nerve stimulation is observed, the operator may supply current separately to each wire to determine which wire or wires are nearest to the nerve. Alternatively, current may be supplied only to one wire at any given point in the procedure. For example, the current may be supplied to the wire associated with the dilator tube or access cannula that is being moved at that point in the operation.
- In some embodiments, the second and third dilator tubes can comprise aluminum that has been anodized and then coated with parylene. Certain areas of the second and third dilator tubes can be masked from the anodization and parylene coating so that they can transmit the current. For example, the distal tips of the second and third dilator tubes can be exposed so as to conduct current therethrough. The exposed portions can be passivated to resist rusting, pitting, or corrosion. The exposed portions can be made by using a stainless steel pin pressed into the second and third dilator tubes. The pin can aid in locating the second and third dilator tubes on x-ray or fluoroscopy, and additionally can facilitate the transmission of current through the second and third dilator tubes to the area of contact. Electrode attachments for the second and third dilator tubes can be coated with parylene on the proximal larger diameter to prevent current from flowing into the user. The rest of the electrode can be uncoated, but passivated to resist rusting, pitting, or corrosion. The electrodes can attach such that the current is transmitted to the internal area of the second and third dilator tubes so that it can be transmitted distally through the exposed areas on the tips of the tubes. These tubes are attached to Radel handles, which being a polymer are also insulators. The third dilator tube can be made from stainless steel, coated with nylon or other polymer, such as Teflon, followed by a parylene coating. In embodiments in which the dilator tube comprises stainless steel, no additional x-ray marker is required.
- Although the method as described above utilizes an embodiment of the dilation introducer as shown in
FIGS. 3-7B , it will be understood that the procedure may be adapted for use with various other embodiments of the dilation introducer. For instance, the dilation introducer with alternative handle assembly, as shown inFIGS. 14A-19C , may be used with appropriate modifications to the method described above. For instance, as theproximal head 173 of thefirst dilator tube 140 may be screwed into thehandle assembly 183 of thethird dilator tube 160, thefirst dilator tube 140 must be unscrewed and removed prior to advancing the third dilator tube over the second dilator tube. Additionally, the latchingbuttons handle assembly 183 may be used to control the locking and unlocking of the dilator tubes relative to one another. - Alternatively, the dilation introducer equipped with neuro-monitoring, as shown in
FIGS. 20A-D , may be substituted. The method performed may be then similar to that described above, except that in addition the method involves monitoring nerve stimulation to assist with placement and guidance of the dilator tubes and access cannula. As described above, the current supplied to the conductive wires may be varied and controlled in order to determine the optimal location for the dilation introducer and/or access cannula. - With respect to the
implant 80 described above, theimplant 80 can comprise any of a variety of types of interbody devices configured to be placed between vertebral bodies. Theimplant 80 can be formed from a metal (e.g., titanium) or a non-metal material such as plastics, PEEK™, polymers, and rubbers. Further, the implant components can be made of combinations of non-metal materials (e.g., PEEK™, polymers) and metals. Theimplant 80 can be configured with a fixed or substantially fixed height, length, and width as shown, for example, in the embodiment ofFIG. 13 . In other embodiments, the implant can be configured to be expandable along one or more directions. For example, in certain embodiments the height of the implant can be expanded once the device advanced through the access cannula and positioned between vertebral bodies (e.g., within the disc space within the annulus). -
FIGS. 21-27 illustrate animplant 500 having an first, reduced profile configuration and a second, increased profile configuration. In general, the implant can include first body portion 502 (FIGS. 23 and 24 ) and a second portion 520 (FIGS. 25 and 26 ) which are shown together inFIG. 27 . As will be described below, in one arrangement, theimplant 500 can be used to maintain separation between adjacent vertebrae while preserving at least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae. In one arrangement, portions of theintervertebral implant 500 can be configured to be inserted through the Kambin triangle in a first, reduced cross-sectional profile configuration, and, once a portion of theimplant 500 is passed through the Kambin triangle, theimplant 500 can be converted into the second, increased profile configuration in which the device can engage and maintain separation of the adjacent vertebra while still allowing least some degree of motion between two adjacent vertebrae. - With reference to
FIGS. 21 to 24 , thefirst body portion 502 can include afirst member 504 and asecond member 508. Thefirst member 504 and thesecond member 508 can be pivotable around afirst shaft 514 from the low profile configuration, shown inFIGS. 23 and 24 , to the larger profile configuration, shown inFIGS. 21 and 22 . As described herein, certain features of the implant facilitate delivery through a smaller access site, such as through Kambin's triangle, while still providing structural support across a larger surface area in the intervertebral space once enlarged. As mentioned earlier, access through Kambin's triangle can reduce trauma to the patient, particularly by avoiding removal of the facet joint. Kambin's triangle also provides a viable access site for patients who are not suitable candidates for the anterior approach to spinal surgery. - With reference to
FIGS. 21 and 22 , thefirst member 504 can include afirst surface 506, asecond surface 507, andside surfaces second member 508 can include afirst surface 510, asecond surface 509, andside surfaces first member 504 and thesecond member 508 can include surface modifications to facilitate tissue growth and/or help the implant engage the adjacent vertebrae. The surface modifications can include, but are not limited to, textured surfaces, ridges, grooves, apertures, and/or bioactive coatings. - The
first body portion 502 can include one or more textured surfaces. The textured surfaces can include microscopic roughness or more easily visible protrusions. For example, one or more surfaces of the first body portion can include a ribbed surface. As shown inFIG. 21 , thefirst surface 506 of thefirst member 504 can include a ribbed surface, and thefirst surface 510 of thesecond member 508 can include a ribbed surface. - The
first body portion 502 can include one or more apertures to facilitate osseointegration within the intervertebral space. As shown inFIG. 22 , the side surfaces 503, 505 of thefirst member 504 and the side surfaces 511, 513 of thesecond member 508 can include one ormore apertures 554. More specifically, thefirst member 504 can include twoapertures 554 onside surface 503 and twoapertures 554 onside surface 505, and thesecond member 508 can include two apertures onside surface 511 and two apertures onside surface 513. The apertures can facilitate circulation and bone growth throughout the intervertebral space and through the implant. In such implementations, the apertures can thereby facilitate integration of the implant with the surrounding materials. - The
first body portion 502 can be coated with one or more bioactive substances, such as antibiotics, chemotherapeutic substances, angiogenic growth factors, substances for accelerating the healing of the wound, growth hormones, anti-thrombogenic agents, bone growth accelerators or agents, and the like. - The
first body portion 502 can include an open configuration, shown inFIGS. 21 and 22 , and a closed or low profile configuration, shown inFIG. 23 . In the open or enlarged profile configuration, thefirst member 504 can be perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to thesecond member 508. In the closed configuration, thefirst member 504 can be substantially parallel or parallel to thesecond member 508. The closed configuration facilitates delivery of thefirst body portion 502 through a smaller access site, such as Kambin's triangle, while the open configuration has a greater surface area to provide greater structural integrity in the intervertebral space. - The
first body portion 502 can include one or moremotion limiting portions Motion limiting portions first member 504 relative to thesecond member 508. Themotion limiting portions FIGS. 21 and 22 , themotion limiting portions motion limiting portion 572 inFIG. 25 . - The
first member 504 can translate along a central axis of the first shaft. As shown inFIG. 23 , when thefirst body portion 502 is in the closed configuration, themotion limiting portion 518 can be spaced apart frommotion limiting portion 550. In the closed configuration, thefirst body portion 502 is suitable for delivery through a deployment tool. In contrast, as shown inFIG. 22 , when the first body portion is in the open configuration, themotion limiting portion 518 can abut themotion limiting portion 550. Once in the intervertebral space, thefirst body portion 502 can transition from the closed configuration to the open configuration. Themotion limiting portions first body portion 502 from returning to the closed configuration. - The
first body portion 502 can transition from a closed configuration to an open configuration via a user-actuated mechanism. As another example, thefirst body portion 502 can be spring-loaded. In the spring-loaded example, a tubular member, such asaccess cannula 30, can restrain thefirst body portion 502 to a closed configuration, but when thefirst body portion 502 is delivered from the tubular member, thefirst body portion 502 can transition to the open configuration. A deployment tool having forceps can also restrain thefirst body portion 502 to the closed configuration. Releasing the first body portion from the deployment tool can transition thefirst body portion 502 from the closed configuration to the open configuration. - The
first body portion 502 can also include one ormore depressions - The
first body portion 502 can include a metal (e.g., titanium) or a non-metal material such as plastics, PEEK™, polymers, and rubbers. Further, the implant components can be made of combinations of non-metal materials (e.g., PEEK™, polymers) and metals. - The
first body portion 502 can be configured with a height, length, and width suitable for delivery through the access cannula and positioning between vertebral bodies (e.g., within the disc space within the annulus). Thefirst member 504 can have a uniform width, or thefirst member 504 can include a tapered width. Further, thefirst member 504 can include a uniform thickness, or thefirst member 504 can include a tapered thickness. Thesecond member 508 can have dimensions identical to or substantially similar to thefirst member 504. - As shown in
FIG. 27 , theimplant 500 can include thefirst body portion 502 and thesecond body portion 520. Thesecond portion 520 can be the same as or substantially similar to thefirst body portion 502 discussed in reference toFIG. 21 .FIGS. 25-26 illustrate asecond body portion 520. Thesecond body portion 520 can include one or more of thefirst body portion 502 features discussed above. Generally, thesecond body portion 520 can include afirst member 522 and asecond member 526. Thefirst member 522 can include afirst surface 524, asecond surface 525, andside surfaces second member 526 can include afirst surface 528, asecond surface 529, andside surfaces second body portion 520 can also include asecond shaft 532. Thefirst member 522 and thesecond member 526 can be pivotable around thesecond shaft 532. - The two-
piece implant 500 facilitates delivery of the implant through a smaller access site. After the implant is assembled in the intervertebral space, the two-piece implant can fill a larger space between two vertebrae than would be possible with a single component system using a similarly sized access site or access cannula. - The
first body portion 502 can include a firstjoint portion 546, and thesecond body portion 520 can include a secondjoint portion 564. The firstjoint portion 546 can removably connect to the secondjoint portion 564. In certain aspects, the firstjoint portion 546 and the secondjoint portion 564 can form a ball and socket joint. The ball and socket joint permits motion along multiple axes. The firstjoint portion 546 and the secondjoint portion 564 can also take on any other joint configuration, including, but not limited to, a hinge joint, pivot joint, or saddle joint depending on the desirable amount of movement. In some instances, it may be desirable to limit the number of axes along which thefirst member 504 is capable of moving relative to thesecond member 508. - As shown in
FIG. 27 , thefirst body portion 502 and thesecond body portion 520 can be positioned such that the textured surfaces of first andsecond body portions - The first body and
second portions implant 500 can be delivered through the Kambin triangle utilizing the techniques and devices described above with reference toFIGS. 1-29B . Thefirst body portion 502 can be delivered using any type ofdeployment tool 600 capable of engaging thefirst body portion 502, including, but not limited to a deployment tool having a surgical forceps feature. Thedeployment tool 600 can deliver thefirst body portion 502 through a posterolateral approach. The posterolateral approach can include delivering thefirst body portion 502 through Kambin's triangle without removing a facet joint. - As shown in
FIG. 28 , thedeployment tool 600 can engage thefirst body portion 502 and deliver thefirst body portion 502 through thecannula 30 and into the intervertebral space. Thecannula 30 can gain access to the intervertebral space using any of the methods and/or devices described above. - Once the
first body portion 502 is in the intervertebral space, the implant can transition from the closed configuration to the open configuration.Deployment tool 600 can include an actuation mechanism configured to transition thefirst body portion 502 from the closed configuration to the open configuration. In another arrangement, thefirst body portion 502 can be spring-loaded to automatically transition to the open configuration when released from thedeployment tool 600 or thecannula 30. - A filler can be injected into the intervertebral space. The filler can include any type of bone graft substance, bone cement, a carrier medium carrying bone morphogenetic proteins, or any other bone void fillers.
- The
deployment tool 600 can engage thesecond body portion 520 and deliver thesecond body portion 520 into the intervertebral space. Similar to thefirst body portion 502, thesecond body portion 520 can transition from the closed configuration to the open configuration using a user-actuated mechanism or a spring-loaded mechanism. - The
deployment tool 600 can position thesecond body portion 520 relative to thefirst body portion 502. For example, thedeployment tool 600 can connect the firstjoint portion 546 to the secondjoint portion 564, such that thesecond body portion 520 is capable of controlled movement relative to thefirst body portion 502. In some designs, the firstjoint portion 546 and the secondjoint portion 564 form a ball and socket joint. - Referring now to
FIG. 29 , there is illustrated a perspective view of adeployment tool 400 according to another embodiment. Thetool 400 can comprise ahandle section 402 and adistal engagement section 404. Thehandle portion 402 can be configured to be held by a user and can comprise various features to facilitate implantation and deployment of the implant. - According to an embodiment, the
handle section 402 can comprise a fixedportion 410, and one or more rotatable portions, such as therotatable deployment portion 412 and therotatable tethering portion 414. In such an embodiment, thetethering portion 414 can be used to attach the implant to thetool 400 prior to insertion and deployment. Thedeployment portion 412 can be used to actuate the implant and rotate the actuator shaft thereof for expanding the implant. Then, after the implant is expanded and properly placed, thetethering portion 414 can again be used to untether or decouple the implant from thetool 400. - Further, the
distal engagement section 404 can comprise a fixedportion 420, ananti-torque component 422, a tethering rod (element 424 shown inFIG. 30 ), and a shaft actuator rod (element 426 shown inFIG. 30 ) to facilitate engagement with and actuation of theimplant 200. Theanti-torque component 422 can be coupled to the fixedportion 420. As described above with reference toFIGS. 21A-B , in an embodiment, theimplant 200 can comprise one or more anti-torque structures 250. Theanti-torque component 422 can comprise one or more protrusions that engage the anti-torque structures 250 to prevent movement of theimplant 200 when a rotational force is applied to theactuator shaft 210 via thetool 400. As illustrated, theanti-torque component 422 can comprise a pair of pins that extend from a distal end of thetool 400. However, it is contemplated that theimplant 200 andtool 400 can be variously configured such that the anti-torque structures 250 and theanti-torque component 422 interconnect to prevent a torque being transferred to theimplant 200. The generation of the rotational force will be explained in greater detail below with reference toFIG. 30 , which is a side-cross sectional view of thetool 400 illustrating the interrelationship of the components of thehandle section 402 and thedistal engagement section 404. - For example, as illustrated in
FIG. 30 , the fixedportion 410 of thehandle section 402 can be interconnected with the fixedportion 420 of thedistal engagement section 404. Thedistal engagement section 404 can be configured with thedeployment portion 412 being coupled with theshaft actuator rod 426 and thetethering portion 414 being coupled with thetethering rod 424. Although these portions can be coupled to each other respectively, they can move independently of each other and independently of the fixed portions. Thus, while holding the fixedportion 410 of thehandle section 402, thedeployment portion 412 and thetethering portion 414 can be moved to selectively expand or contract the implant or to attach the implant to the tool, respectively. In the illustrated embodiment, theseportions actuator shaft 210 of animplant 200 engaged with thetool 400. - As shown in
FIG. 30 , thetether rod 424 can comprise adistal engagement member 430 being configured to engage a proximal end of theactuator shaft 210 of theimplant 200 for rotating theactuator shaft 210 to thereby expand the implant from an unexpanded state to and expanded state. Thetether rod 424 can be configured with thedistal engagement member 430 being a threaded distal section of therod 424 that can be threadably coupled to an interior threaded portion of theactuator shaft 210. - In some embodiments, the
tool 400 can be prepared for a single-use and can be packaged with an implant preloaded onto thetool 400. This arrangement can facilitate the use of the implant and also provide a sterile implant and tool for an operation. Thus, thetool 400 can be disposable after use in deploying the implant. - Referring again to
FIG. 29 , an embodiment of thetool 400 can also comprise anexpansion indicator gauge 440 and areset button 450. Theexpansion indicator gauge 440 can be configured to provide a visual indication corresponding to the expansion of theimplant 200. For example, thegauge 440 can illustrate an exact height of theimplant 200 as it is expanded or the amount of expansion. As shown inFIG. 30 , thetool 400 can comprise a centrally disposedslider element 452 that can be in threaded engagement with athread component 454 coupled to thedeployment portion 412. - In an embodiment, the
slider element 452 and aninternal cavity 456 of the tool can be configured such that theslider element 452 is provided only translational movement in the longitudinal direction of thetool 400. Accordingly, as thedeployment portion 412 is rotated, thethread component 454 is also rotated. In such an embodiment, as thethread component 454 rotates and is in engagement with theslider component 452, theslider element 452 can be incrementally moved from an initial position within thecavity 456 in response to the rotation of thedeployment portion 412. Anindicator 458 can thus be longitudinally moved and viewed to allow thegauge 440 to visually indicate the expansion and/or height of theimplant 200. In such an embodiment, thegauge 440 can comprises a transparent window through which theindicator 458 on theslider element 452 can be seen. In the illustrated embodiment, theindicator 458 can be a marking on an exterior surface of theslider element 452. - In embodiments where the
tool 400 can be reused, thereset button 450 can be utilized to zero out thegauge 440 to a pre-expansion setting. In such an embodiment, theslider element 452 can be spring-loaded, as shown with thespring 460 inFIG. 30 . Thereset button 450 can disengage theslider element 452 and thethread component 454 to allow theslider element 452 to be forced back to the initial position. - Additional details and embodiments of an expandable implant can be found in U.S. Patent Application No 2008/0140207, filed Dec. 7, 2007 as U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/952,900, the entirety of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- Another example of a surgical tool for use through the access cannula is a bone rasp. A rasp tool can be configured to be inserted through the
access cannula 30 into the intervertebral disc space. The rasping tool can then be used to abrade or file the inferior surface of the superior vertebrae and/or the superior surface of the inferior vertebrae. The rasping tool can include an elongated body and a scraping component. A handle may be proximally attached to the elongated body. - The entire assembly can be dimensioned such that the rasping tool can slide longitudinally within the
access cannula 30. In use, the rasp tool may be inserted through the access cannula until it reaches the intervertebral disc space. Using the handle, a physician may slide the elongate body and scraping component backward and forward relative to theaccess cannula 30. In certain embodiments, the elongate body may freely rotate within theaccess cannula 30, in order to permit the physician to rasp a surface at any desired angle. In other embodiments, the orientation of the elongate body may be fixed, such that rasping is only permitted along a predetermined angle relative to theaccess cannula 30. - In certain embodiments, the rasping tool may be expandable. For example, a rasp tool can be configured to define an unexpanded configuration. When the tool is initially inserted into the working sleeve, the tool can be positioned in the unexpanded configuration. After the tool is advanced into the intervertebral disc, the tool can be expanded to the expanded configuration.
- The tool can include an elongated body and one or more scraping components. The scraping components can each include an outer surface that is configured to scrape or create friction against the disc. For example, the outer surfaces can be generally arcuate and provide an abrasive force when in contact with the interior portion of the disc. In particular, it is contemplated that once the tool is expanded, the scraping components can rasp or scrape against the vertebral end plates of the disc from within an interior cavity formed in the disc. In this manner, the tool can prepare the surfaces of the interior of the disc by removing any additional gelatinous nucleus material, as well as smoothing out the general contours of the interior surfaces of the disc. The rasping may thereby prepare the vertebral endplates for fit with the implant as well as to promote bony fusion between the vertebrae and the implant. Due to the preparation of the interior surfaces of the disc, the placement and deployment of the implant will tend to be more effective.
- It is contemplated that the tool can comprise an expansion mechanism that allows the scraping components to move from the unexpanded to the expanded configuration. For example, the tool can be configured such that the scraping components expand from an outer dimension or height of approximately 9 mm to approximately 13 mm. In this regard, the expansion mechanism can be configured similarly to the expansion mechanisms of the implants disclosed herein, the disclosure for which is incorporated here and will not be repeated.
- Further, it is contemplated that the scraping components can comprise one or more surface structures, such as spikes, blades, apertures, etc. that allow the scraping components to not only provide an abrasive force, but that also allowed the scraping components to remove material from the disc. In this regard, as in any of the implementations of the method, a cleaning tool can be used to remove loosened, scraped, or dislodged disc material. Accordingly, in various embodiments of the methods disclosed herein, and embodiment of the tool can be used to prepare the implant site (the interior cavity of the disc) to optimize the engagement of the implant with the surfaces of the interior of the disc (the vertebral end plates).
- After the implant site has been prepared, the implant can be advanced through the access cannula and into the disc cavity. Once positioned, the implant can be expanded to its expanded configuration. For example, the implant can be expanded from approximately 9 mm to approximately 12.5 mm. Additionally, other materials or implants can then be installed prior to the removal of the access cannula and closure of the implant site.
- The specific dimensions of any of the embodiment disclosed herein can be readily varied depending upon the intended application, as will be apparent to those of skill in the art in view of the disclosure herein. Moreover, although the present inventions have been described in terms of certain preferred embodiments, other embodiments of the inventions including variations in the number of parts, dimensions, configuration and materials will be apparent to those of skill in the art in view of the disclosure herein. In addition, all features discussed in connection with any one embodiment herein can be readily adapted for use in other embodiments herein to form various combinations and sub-combinations. The use of different terms or reference numerals for similar features in different embodiments does not imply differences other than those which may be expressly set forth. Accordingly, the present inventions are intended to be described solely by reference to the appended claims, and not limited to the preferred embodiments disclosed herein.
Claims (20)
1. An intervertebral implant comprising:
a first body portion comprising a first member, a second member, and a first joint portion;
a first shaft, the first member and the second member pivotable around the shaft;
a second body portion comprising a first member, a second member, and a second joint portion; and
a second shaft, the first member of the second body portion and the second member of the second body portion pivotable around the shaft,
wherein the first joint portion removably connects to the second joint portion.
2. The implant of claim 1 , wherein the first and second body portions include one or more apertures.
3. The implant of claim 1 , wherein the first and second body portions include one or more textured surfaces.
4. The implant of claim 3 , wherein the one or more textured surfaces includes a ribbed surface.
5. The implant of claim 1 , wherein the first and second body portions include a bioactive coating.
6. The implant of claim 1 , wherein the first joint portion and the second joint portion form a ball and socket joint.
7. The implant of claim 1 , wherein the first and second body portions include one or more depressions configured for interaction with a deployment tool.
8. An intervertebral implant comprising:
a body portion including a first member and a second member, the first body portion including an open configuration and a closed configuration;
a shaft, the first member of the first body portion and the second member pivotable around the shaft from the closed configuration to the open configuration,
wherein the body portion includes a motion limiting portion to limit rotational movement of first member relative to the second member when the body portion is in the open configuration.
9. The implant of claim 8 , wherein the first member is configured to translate along a central axis of the shaft.
10. The implant of claim 8 , wherein one or more surfaces of the body portion include a textured surface.
11. The implant of claim 10 , wherein the textured surface is a ribbed surface.
12. The implant of claim 8 , further comprising one or more apertures.
13. The implant of claim 8 , further comprising a bioactive coating.
14. The implant of claim 8 , wherein the body portion includes one or more depressions configured for interaction with a deployment tool.
15. The implant of claim 8 , wherein the body portion includes a spring-loaded mechanism capable of transitioning the body portion from the closed configuration to the open configuration.
16. A method of performing orthopedic surgery comprising:
engaging a first body portion with a deployment tool;
delivering the first body portion into an intervertebral space; and
transitioning the first body portion from a closed configuration to an open configuration.
17. The method of claim 16 , wherein delivering the first body portion further comprises delivering the first body portion through a posterolateral approach.
18. The method of claim 17 , wherein delivering the first body portion through the posterolateral approach further comprises delivering the first body portion through a Kambin's triangle.
19. The method of claim 14 , further comprising:
engaging a second body portion with the deployment tool;
delivering the second body portion into the intervertebral space;
and transitioning the second body portion from a closed configuration to an open configuration.
20. The method of claim 19 , further comprising connecting a first joint portion of the first body portion to a second joint portion of the second body portion.
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/794,067 US20140067069A1 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-03-11 | Artificial disc |
PCT/US2013/057144 WO2014036178A1 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-08-28 | Artificial disc |
US14/424,412 US9883951B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-08-28 | Artificial disc |
EP13832602.0A EP2890332A4 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-08-28 | Artificial disc |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261694947P | 2012-08-30 | 2012-08-30 | |
US13/794,067 US20140067069A1 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-03-11 | Artificial disc |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/424,412 Continuation US9883951B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-08-28 | Artificial disc |
US14/424,412 Continuation-In-Part US9883951B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-08-28 | Artificial disc |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20140067069A1 true US20140067069A1 (en) | 2014-03-06 |
Family
ID=50184326
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/794,067 Abandoned US20140067069A1 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-03-11 | Artificial disc |
US14/424,412 Active 2034-07-31 US9883951B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-08-28 | Artificial disc |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/424,412 Active 2034-07-31 US9883951B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2013-08-28 | Artificial disc |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US20140067069A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2890332A4 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014036178A1 (en) |
Cited By (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090248092A1 (en) * | 2008-03-26 | 2009-10-01 | Jonathan Bellas | Posterior Intervertebral Disc Inserter and Expansion Techniques |
US20130184771A1 (en) * | 2012-01-12 | 2013-07-18 | Wyatt Drake Geist | Access assembly for anterior and lateral spinal procedures |
US9277928B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2016-03-08 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
EP3031424A1 (en) * | 2014-12-11 | 2016-06-15 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
US20160262911A1 (en) * | 2015-03-13 | 2016-09-15 | Redemed S.R.L. | Intervertebral prosthesis, apparatus for implanting intervertebral prostheses and surgical method for implanting intervertebral prostheses, particularly for percutaneous minimally-invasive surgical procedures |
US9486149B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2016-11-08 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9492194B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2016-11-15 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9662225B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2017-05-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Nubbed plate |
US9883951B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2018-02-06 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Artificial disc |
US9993353B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-06-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10058350B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2018-08-28 | Integrity Implants, Inc. | Access assembly for anterior and lateral spinal procedures |
US10182921B2 (en) | 2012-11-09 | 2019-01-22 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Interbody device with opening to allow packing graft and other biologics |
US10206787B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2019-02-19 | Medos International Sarl | Composite vertebral spacers and instrument |
CN109394299A (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-03-01 | 霍格兰德脊柱产品公司 | For removing the surgical reamer of bone |
US10335289B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2019-07-02 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Stand alone intervertebral fusion device |
US10441430B2 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2019-10-15 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
US10500062B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2019-12-10 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Bellows-like expandable interbody fusion cage |
US10624758B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2020-04-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Zero profile spinal fusion cage |
US10940016B2 (en) | 2017-07-05 | 2021-03-09 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral fusion cage |
US11382768B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2022-07-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Implant inserter having a laterally-extending dovetail engagement feature |
US11529241B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2022-12-20 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Fusion cage with in-line single piece fixation |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20180049754A1 (en) * | 2015-03-13 | 2018-02-22 | Redemed S.R.L. | Intervertebral prosthesis, apparatus for implanting intervertebral prostheses and surgical method for implanting intervertebral prostheses, particularly for percutaneous mini-invasive surgery procedures |
US11690645B2 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2023-07-04 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Tissue-removing catheter |
US10987126B2 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2021-04-27 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Tissue-removing catheter with guidewire isolation liner |
US11819236B2 (en) | 2019-05-17 | 2023-11-21 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | Tissue-removing catheter |
TWI789143B (en) | 2021-12-03 | 2023-01-01 | 財團法人工業技術研究院 | Aritificial intervertebral disk |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20070299521A1 (en) * | 2004-11-23 | 2007-12-27 | Glenn Bradley J | Minimally invasive spinal disc stabilizer and insertion tool |
US7318839B2 (en) * | 2003-07-23 | 2008-01-15 | Ebi, L.P. | Expandable spinal implant |
Family Cites Families (852)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1802560A (en) | 1923-04-04 | 1931-04-28 | Arthur C Kerwin | Masonry bolt |
US2121193A (en) | 1932-12-21 | 1938-06-21 | Hanicke Paul Gustav Erich | Fracture clamping apparatus |
US2077804A (en) | 1936-05-19 | 1937-04-20 | Morrison Gordon Monroe | Device for treating fractures of the neck of the femur |
US2173655A (en) | 1936-11-27 | 1939-09-19 | Chrysler Corp | Power transmission |
US2243717A (en) | 1938-09-20 | 1941-05-27 | Moreira Franciseo Elias Godoy | Surgical device |
US2388056A (en) | 1943-07-17 | 1945-10-30 | Nathan V Hendricks | Adjustable support |
US2381050A (en) | 1943-12-04 | 1945-08-07 | Mervyn G Hardinge | Fracture reducing device |
US2489870A (en) | 1946-03-02 | 1949-11-29 | Dzus William | Bone fastening device |
US2485531A (en) | 1948-01-13 | 1949-10-18 | Dzus William | Surgical toggle bolt |
US2570465A (en) | 1949-08-01 | 1951-10-09 | Joseph S Lundholm | Means for fixation of hip fractures |
US2677369A (en) | 1952-03-26 | 1954-05-04 | Fred L Knowles | Apparatus for treatment of the spinal column |
US3115804A (en) | 1959-11-16 | 1963-12-31 | Wisconsin Alumni Res Found | Snap bolt having resiliently flexible shank portion |
US3312139A (en) | 1964-12-03 | 1967-04-04 | Cristina George R Di | Anchor bolt device securing joined members |
US3486505A (en) | 1967-05-22 | 1969-12-30 | Gordon M Morrison | Orthopedic surgical instrument |
US3489143A (en) | 1967-12-15 | 1970-01-13 | William X Halloran | Convertible hip pin |
DE2046102B (en) | 1970-09-18 | 1972-05-04 | Fischer, Artur, 7241 Tumhngen | Connecting element for bone fracture doors, especially for femoral neck fracture doors |
US3698391A (en) | 1970-12-16 | 1972-10-17 | David T Mahony | Meatal dilator |
DE2109162B1 (en) | 1971-02-26 | 1972-05-25 | Fischer Artur | Sleeve-shaped support element for long bone fractures |
US3811449A (en) | 1972-03-08 | 1974-05-21 | Becton Dickinson Co | Dilating apparatus and method |
US3848601A (en) | 1972-06-14 | 1974-11-19 | G Ma | Method for interbody fusion of the spine |
US3842825A (en) | 1973-11-12 | 1974-10-22 | R Wagner | Hip fixation device |
ES207117Y (en) | 1974-10-25 | 1976-07-01 | Pares Avila | INTERNAL FIXING DEVICE FOR BONE FRACTURES. |
IL46030A0 (en) | 1974-11-11 | 1975-02-10 | Rosenberg L | Orthopaedic screw |
US4052988A (en) | 1976-01-12 | 1977-10-11 | Ethicon, Inc. | Synthetic absorbable surgical devices of poly-dioxanone |
IL48826A (en) | 1976-01-13 | 1978-08-31 | Aginsky Yacov | Intramedullary compression nail for the treatment of bone fractures |
GB1565178A (en) | 1977-02-24 | 1980-04-16 | Interfix Ltd | Bone screw |
IL54025A0 (en) | 1978-02-12 | 1978-04-30 | Aginsky Yacov | Connector for fractured bones |
US4341206A (en) | 1978-12-19 | 1982-07-27 | Synthes Ag | Device for producing a hole in a bone |
US4262665A (en) | 1979-06-27 | 1981-04-21 | Roalstad W L | Intramedullary compression device |
US4275717A (en) | 1979-07-27 | 1981-06-30 | Zimmer Usa, Inc. | Intramedullary fixation device for fractured tubular bones |
CH640131A5 (en) | 1979-10-03 | 1983-12-30 | Sulzer Ag | Complete intervertebral prosthesis |
US4463753A (en) | 1980-01-04 | 1984-08-07 | Gustilo Ramon B | Compression bone screw |
US4312353A (en) | 1980-05-09 | 1982-01-26 | Mayfield Education And Research Fund | Method of creating and enlarging an opening in the brain |
US4401433A (en) | 1980-06-13 | 1983-08-30 | Luther Ronald B | Apparatus for advancing oversized catheter through cannula, and the like |
DE3025785C2 (en) | 1980-07-08 | 1984-08-16 | Storz, Karl, 7200 Tuttlingen | Dilator, method for its use and device for carrying out the method |
GB2083754B (en) | 1980-09-15 | 1984-04-26 | Rezaian Seyed Mahmoud | Spinal fixator |
US4369790A (en) | 1981-03-05 | 1983-01-25 | Mccarthy John M | Catheter |
US4350151A (en) | 1981-03-12 | 1982-09-21 | Lone Star Medical Products, Inc. | Expanding dilator |
DE3117802A1 (en) | 1981-05-06 | 1982-11-25 | Max Dr. 8520 Erlangen Hubmann | CATHETER CUTLERY |
US4494535A (en) | 1981-06-24 | 1985-01-22 | Haig Armen C | Hip nail |
US4409974A (en) | 1981-06-29 | 1983-10-18 | Freedland Jeffrey A | Bone-fixating surgical implant device |
EP0077159A1 (en) | 1981-10-14 | 1983-04-20 | Brian Norman Atkins | Vertebrae spreader |
US4641640A (en) | 1982-01-18 | 1987-02-10 | Calvin Griggs | Compression screw assembly |
FR2519857A1 (en) | 1982-01-19 | 1983-07-22 | Butel Jean | DEVICE FOR OSTEOSYNTHESIS OF THE FRACTURES OF THE END OF THE FEMUR |
IE55242B1 (en) | 1982-05-17 | 1990-07-18 | Nat Res Dev | Endoprosthetic bone joint devices |
US4545374A (en) | 1982-09-03 | 1985-10-08 | Jacobson Robert E | Method and instruments for performing a percutaneous lumbar diskectomy |
US4456005A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1984-06-26 | Lichty Terry K | External compression bone fixation device |
US4537185A (en) | 1983-06-10 | 1985-08-27 | Denis P. Stednitz | Cannulated fixation screw |
JPS6017708U (en) | 1983-07-13 | 1985-02-06 | 宮田 敬三 | Metal fittings for intramedullary fixation of fractured long bones |
US4601710B1 (en) | 1983-08-24 | 1998-05-05 | United States Surgical Corp | Trocar assembly |
US4625725A (en) | 1983-08-30 | 1986-12-02 | Snowden-Pencer, Inc. | Surgical rasp and method of manufacture |
US4573448A (en) | 1983-10-05 | 1986-03-04 | Pilling Co. | Method for decompressing herniated intervertebral discs |
IL70736A (en) | 1984-01-20 | 1988-05-31 | Rosenberg Lior | Self-locking pin device particularly useful for internally fixing bone fractures |
US4873976A (en) | 1984-02-28 | 1989-10-17 | Schreiber Saul N | Surgical fasteners and method |
DE8407894U1 (en) | 1984-03-15 | 1984-09-06 | Richard Wolf Gmbh, 7134 Knittlingen | DILATATOR FOR WIDING INPUT CHANNELS OF THE KIDNEY |
CA1227902A (en) | 1984-04-02 | 1987-10-13 | Raymond G. Tronzo | Fenestrated hip screw and method of augmented internal fixation |
GB2157788B (en) | 1984-04-11 | 1988-02-10 | Anthony John Nield | Anchoring devices |
JPS60234671A (en) | 1984-05-09 | 1985-11-21 | テルモ株式会社 | Catheter inserter |
US4632101A (en) | 1985-01-31 | 1986-12-30 | Yosef Freedland | Orthopedic fastener |
US4721103A (en) | 1985-01-31 | 1988-01-26 | Yosef Freedland | Orthopedic device |
US4790817A (en) | 1985-03-28 | 1988-12-13 | Luther Medical Products, Inc. | Assembly of stylet and catheter, and needle and catheter |
GB8508710D0 (en) | 1985-04-03 | 1985-05-09 | Himoud H | Screw for surgical use |
FI75493C (en) | 1985-05-08 | 1988-07-11 | Materials Consultants Oy | SJAELVARMERAT ABSORBERBART PURCHASING SYNTHESIS. |
US5013315A (en) | 1985-07-12 | 1991-05-07 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Semiabsorbable bone plate spacer |
EP0209685A3 (en) | 1985-07-12 | 1988-11-09 | Fischerwerke Arthur Fischer GmbH & Co. KG | Fixation element for osteosynthesis |
US4688561A (en) | 1985-09-17 | 1987-08-25 | Reese H William | Bone handling apparatus and method |
US4640271A (en) | 1985-11-07 | 1987-02-03 | Zimmer, Inc. | Bone screw |
US6005161A (en) | 1986-01-28 | 1999-12-21 | Thm Biomedical, Inc. | Method and device for reconstruction of articular cartilage |
US4776330A (en) | 1986-06-23 | 1988-10-11 | Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. | Modular femoral fixation system |
US4723544A (en) | 1986-07-09 | 1988-02-09 | Moore Robert R | Hemispherical vectoring needle guide for discolysis |
US4796612A (en) | 1986-08-06 | 1989-01-10 | Reese Hewitt W | Bone clamp and method |
GB8620937D0 (en) | 1986-08-29 | 1986-10-08 | Shepperd J A N | Spinal implant |
JPS6368155A (en) | 1986-09-11 | 1988-03-28 | グンゼ株式会社 | Bone bonding pin |
US4802479A (en) | 1986-10-31 | 1989-02-07 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Hand-held instrument for implanting, dispensing, and inflating an inflatable membrane |
US4815909A (en) | 1986-11-19 | 1989-03-28 | Leon Simons | Wood screw and method for making same |
US5167663A (en) | 1986-12-30 | 1992-12-01 | Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. | Femoral fracture device |
US4827917A (en) | 1986-12-30 | 1989-05-09 | Richards Medical Company | Fermoral fracture device |
FI81498C (en) | 1987-01-13 | 1990-11-12 | Biocon Oy | SURGICAL MATERIAL OCH INSTRUMENT. |
JPS6431701U (en) | 1987-08-20 | 1989-02-27 | ||
JPS6452439A (en) | 1987-08-25 | 1989-02-28 | Fujitsu Ltd | Ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus |
FR2623085B1 (en) | 1987-11-16 | 1992-08-14 | Breard Francis | SURGICAL IMPLANT TO LIMIT THE RELATIVE MOVEMENT OF VERTEBRES |
US4940467A (en) | 1988-02-03 | 1990-07-10 | Tronzo Raymond G | Variable length fixation device |
US4862891A (en) | 1988-03-14 | 1989-09-05 | Canyon Medical Products | Device for sequential percutaneous dilation |
DE3811345C1 (en) | 1988-04-02 | 1989-09-07 | Aesculap Ag, 7200 Tuttlingen, De | |
GB2217420A (en) | 1988-04-09 | 1989-10-25 | Cryotherm Limited | Screws for joining semi-rigid mats |
DE3814618C1 (en) | 1988-04-29 | 1989-02-02 | Rainer Dr. 8000 Muenchen De Baumgart | |
US4858601A (en) | 1988-05-27 | 1989-08-22 | Glisson Richard R | Adjustable compression bone screw |
US4994027A (en) | 1988-06-08 | 1991-02-19 | Farrell Edward M | Percutaneous femoral bypass system |
CA1333209C (en) | 1988-06-28 | 1994-11-29 | Gary Karlin Michelson | Artificial spinal fusion implants |
US5224952A (en) | 1988-07-06 | 1993-07-06 | Ethicon, Inc. | Safety trocar |
US5613950A (en) | 1988-07-22 | 1997-03-25 | Yoon; Inbae | Multifunctional manipulating instrument for various surgical procedures |
US5514091A (en) | 1988-07-22 | 1996-05-07 | Yoon; Inbae | Expandable multifunctional manipulating instruments for various medical procedures |
US4978334A (en) | 1988-09-08 | 1990-12-18 | Toye Frederic J | Apparatus and method for providing passage into body viscus |
US4959064A (en) | 1988-10-07 | 1990-09-25 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Dynamic tension bone screw |
US4988351A (en) | 1989-01-06 | 1991-01-29 | Concept, Inc. | Washer for use with cancellous screw for attaching soft tissue to bone |
US4963144A (en) | 1989-03-17 | 1990-10-16 | Huene Donald R | Bone screw fixation assembly, bone screw therefor and method of fixation |
DE3909182C1 (en) | 1989-03-21 | 1990-08-09 | Orthoplant Endoprothetik Gmbh, 2800 Bremen, De | |
US5176697A (en) | 1989-04-06 | 1993-01-05 | Hasson Harrith M | Laparoscopic cannula |
US5002557A (en) | 1989-04-06 | 1991-03-26 | Hasson Harrith M | Laparoscopic cannula |
US5098433A (en) | 1989-04-12 | 1992-03-24 | Yosef Freedland | Winged compression bolt orthopedic fastener |
US4903692A (en) | 1989-05-08 | 1990-02-27 | Reese Hewitt W | Bone clamp installation tool |
US4978349A (en) | 1989-08-03 | 1990-12-18 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Fixation plate |
US5129906A (en) | 1989-09-08 | 1992-07-14 | Linvatec Corporation | Bioabsorbable tack for joining bodily tissue and in vivo method and apparatus for deploying same |
US5520896A (en) | 1989-09-13 | 1996-05-28 | Elf Atochem North America, Inc. | Process to remove metal species from exhaust vapors |
US5308352A (en) | 1989-11-17 | 1994-05-03 | Koutrouvelis Panos G | Stereotactic device |
US5059193A (en) | 1989-11-20 | 1991-10-22 | Spine-Tech, Inc. | Expandable spinal implant and surgical method |
US5080662A (en) | 1989-11-27 | 1992-01-14 | Paul Kamaljit S | Spinal stereotaxic device and method |
DE8914941U1 (en) | 1989-12-19 | 1990-09-27 | B. Braun Melsungen Ag, 34212 Melsungen | Puncture equipment |
WO1991009572A1 (en) | 1989-12-21 | 1991-07-11 | Bakinsky Nauchno-Issledovatelsky Institut Travmatologii I Ortopedii | Compressing screw for osteosynthesis |
US5084043A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 1992-01-28 | Laserscope | Method for performing a percutaneous diskectomy using a laser |
US5092891A (en) | 1990-03-08 | 1992-03-03 | Kummer Frederick J | Cement plug for the medullary canal of a bone and coacting tool for installing same |
CH681595A5 (en) | 1990-03-19 | 1993-04-30 | Synthes Ag | |
US5013316A (en) | 1990-03-26 | 1991-05-07 | Marlowe Goble E | Soft tissue anchor system |
ATE95409T1 (en) | 1990-04-20 | 1993-10-15 | Sulzer Ag | IMPLANT, ESPECIALLY INTERVERBAL PROSTHESES. |
US5120171A (en) | 1990-11-27 | 1992-06-09 | Stuart Surgical | Bone screw with improved threads |
US5122141A (en) | 1990-08-30 | 1992-06-16 | Zimmer, Inc. | Modular intramedullary nail |
US5114407A (en) | 1990-08-30 | 1992-05-19 | Ethicon, Inc. | Safety mechanism for trocar |
US5725529A (en) | 1990-09-25 | 1998-03-10 | Innovasive Devices, Inc. | Bone fastener |
US7074203B1 (en) | 1990-09-25 | 2006-07-11 | Depuy Mitek, Inc. | Bone anchor and deployment device therefor |
US5122133A (en) | 1990-10-26 | 1992-06-16 | Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. | Compression screw for a joint endoprosthesis |
US5158543A (en) | 1990-10-30 | 1992-10-27 | Lazarus Harrison M | Laparoscopic surgical system and method |
FR2668698B1 (en) | 1990-11-06 | 1997-06-06 | Ethnor | SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FORMING TROCART. |
US5372146A (en) | 1990-11-06 | 1994-12-13 | Branch; Thomas P. | Method and apparatus for re-approximating tissue |
US5188118A (en) | 1990-11-07 | 1993-02-23 | Terwilliger Richard A | Automatic biopsy instrument with independently actuated stylet and cannula |
ATE139024T1 (en) | 1990-11-15 | 1996-06-15 | Rafeld Kunststofftechnik Gmbh | SANITARY AND HEATING PIPE SYSTEM, COMPOSED ENTIRELY OR PREMIUMLY OF PLASTIC |
US5098435A (en) | 1990-11-21 | 1992-03-24 | Alphatec Manufacturing Inc. | Cannula |
CH682300A5 (en) | 1990-12-17 | 1993-08-31 | Synthes Ag | |
US5139486A (en) | 1991-01-02 | 1992-08-18 | Gerald Moss | Dilator/introducer for percutaneous gastrostomy |
US5324261A (en) | 1991-01-04 | 1994-06-28 | Medtronic, Inc. | Drug delivery balloon catheter with line of weakness |
AU648135B2 (en) | 1991-01-15 | 1994-04-14 | Ethicon Inc. | Knife for surgical trocar |
US5370647A (en) | 1991-01-23 | 1994-12-06 | Surgical Innovations, Inc. | Tissue and organ extractor |
FR2672202B1 (en) | 1991-02-05 | 1993-07-30 | Safir | BONE SURGICAL IMPLANT, ESPECIALLY FOR INTERVERTEBRAL STABILIZER. |
US5098241A (en) | 1991-02-05 | 1992-03-24 | Xyzyx International Corp. | Variable length telescopic connector and method for use |
US5474539A (en) | 1991-02-07 | 1995-12-12 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Trocar with retracting tip |
US5390683A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1995-02-21 | Pisharodi; Madhavan | Spinal implantation methods utilizing a middle expandable implant |
EP0571555B1 (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1996-03-27 | PISHARODI, Madhavan | Middle expandable intervertebral disk implant |
US5171278A (en) | 1991-02-22 | 1992-12-15 | Madhavan Pisharodi | Middle expandable intervertebral disk implants |
US5217462A (en) | 1991-03-05 | 1993-06-08 | Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. | Screw and driver |
US5498265A (en) | 1991-03-05 | 1996-03-12 | Howmedica Inc. | Screw and driver |
US5720753A (en) | 1991-03-22 | 1998-02-24 | United States Surgical Corporation | Orthopedic fastener |
CA2063159C (en) | 1991-03-22 | 1999-06-15 | Thomas W. Sander | Orthopedic fastener |
US5176651A (en) | 1991-04-01 | 1993-01-05 | Dexide, Inc. | Combination surgical trocar housing and selective reducer sleeve assembly |
DE9104025U1 (en) | 1991-04-03 | 1992-07-30 | Waldemar Link Gmbh & Co, 2000 Hamburg | Bone plate arrangement |
US5242410A (en) | 1991-04-15 | 1993-09-07 | University Of Florida | Wireless high flow intravascular sheath introducer and method |
US5201742A (en) | 1991-04-16 | 1993-04-13 | Hasson Harrith M | Support jig for a surgical instrument |
US5295993A (en) | 1991-04-30 | 1994-03-22 | United States Surgical Corporation | Safety trocar |
US5241972A (en) | 1991-05-03 | 1993-09-07 | Meditron Devices, Inc. | Method for debulking tissue to remove pressure on a nerve |
AR244071A1 (en) | 1991-09-05 | 1993-10-29 | Groiso Jorge Abel | An elastic staple for osteosynthesis and a tool for placing it. |
US5183464A (en) | 1991-05-17 | 1993-02-02 | Interventional Thermodynamics, Inc. | Radially expandable dilator |
FR2676911B1 (en) | 1991-05-30 | 1998-03-06 | Psi Ste Civile Particuliere | INTERVERTEBRAL STABILIZATION DEVICE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS. |
CA2069060C (en) | 1991-06-26 | 2003-07-29 | Daniel Shichman | Powered trocar |
PT100685A (en) | 1991-07-15 | 1994-05-31 | Danek Group Inc | SPINAL FIXING SYSTEM |
US5236431A (en) | 1991-07-22 | 1993-08-17 | Synthes | Resorbable fixation device with controlled stiffness for treating bodily material in vivo and introducer therefor |
US5167664A (en) | 1991-08-26 | 1992-12-01 | Zimmer, Inc. | Ratcheting bone screw |
US5269797A (en) | 1991-09-12 | 1993-12-14 | Meditron Devices, Inc. | Cervical discectomy instruments |
US5195506A (en) | 1991-10-18 | 1993-03-23 | Life Medical Products, Inc. | Surgical retractor for puncture operation |
US5178501A (en) | 1991-10-29 | 1993-01-12 | Carstairs Arturo R | Axially adjustable screw anchor |
US5762629A (en) | 1991-10-30 | 1998-06-09 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Oval cannula assembly and method of use |
US5395317A (en) | 1991-10-30 | 1995-03-07 | Smith & Nephew Dyonics, Inc. | Unilateral biportal percutaneous surgical procedure |
US5267554A (en) | 1991-11-15 | 1993-12-07 | Wilk Peter J | Spreadable laparoscopic retractor and associated method of use |
US5308327A (en) | 1991-11-25 | 1994-05-03 | Advanced Surgical Inc. | Self-deployed inflatable retractor |
CA2124860C (en) | 1991-11-27 | 1998-12-15 | Inbae Yoon | Retractable safety penetrating instrument for portal sleeve introduction |
US5713870A (en) | 1991-11-27 | 1998-02-03 | Yoon; Inbae | Retractable safety penetrating instrument with laterally extendable spring strip |
US5250049A (en) | 1992-01-10 | 1993-10-05 | Michael Roger H | Bone and tissue connectors |
US5242447A (en) | 1992-02-06 | 1993-09-07 | Howmedica Inc. | Pin with tapered root diameter |
US5387215A (en) | 1992-02-12 | 1995-02-07 | Sierra Surgical Inc. | Surgical instrument for cutting hard tissue and method of use |
US5344252A (en) | 1992-02-12 | 1994-09-06 | Hiroshi Kakimoto | Key for coupling driving and driven members together |
US5217486A (en) | 1992-02-18 | 1993-06-08 | Mitek Surgical Products, Inc. | Suture anchor and installation tool |
US5171279A (en) | 1992-03-17 | 1992-12-15 | Danek Medical | Method for subcutaneous suprafascial pedicular internal fixation |
US5501695A (en) | 1992-05-27 | 1996-03-26 | The Anspach Effort, Inc. | Fastener for attaching objects to bones |
DE4318150C2 (en) | 1993-06-01 | 1996-08-01 | Endocare Ag | Osteosynthesis tools for the treatment of subtrochanteric and pertrochanteric fractures as well as fractures of the femoral neck |
US5334184A (en) | 1992-06-30 | 1994-08-02 | Bimman Lev A | Apparatus for intramedullary fixation broken bones |
FR2693364B1 (en) | 1992-07-07 | 1995-06-30 | Erpios Snc | INTERVERTEBRAL PROSTHESIS FOR STABILIZING ROTATORY AND FLEXIBLE-EXTENSION CONSTRAINTS. |
US5290243A (en) | 1992-07-16 | 1994-03-01 | Technalytics, Inc. | Trocar system |
US5312417A (en) | 1992-07-29 | 1994-05-17 | Wilk Peter J | Laparoscopic cannula assembly and associated method |
US5334204A (en) | 1992-08-03 | 1994-08-02 | Ace Medical Company | Fixation screw |
US5304142A (en) | 1992-08-04 | 1994-04-19 | Medamicus, Inc. | Dilator - Introducer locking hub and sheath valve apparatus |
US7060077B2 (en) | 1992-09-04 | 2006-06-13 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Suturing instruments and methods of use |
US5382248A (en) | 1992-09-10 | 1995-01-17 | H. D. Medical, Inc. | System and method for stabilizing bone segments |
US5370646A (en) | 1992-11-16 | 1994-12-06 | Reese; H. William | Bone clamp and installation tool |
US5564926A (en) | 1992-11-26 | 1996-10-15 | Medevelop Ab | Anchoring element for anchorage in bone tissue |
US5312410A (en) | 1992-12-07 | 1994-05-17 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Surgical cable tensioner |
US5545164A (en) | 1992-12-28 | 1996-08-13 | Advanced Spine Fixation Systems, Incorporated | Occipital clamp assembly for cervical spine rod fixation |
US5496318A (en) | 1993-01-08 | 1996-03-05 | Advanced Spine Fixation Systems, Inc. | Interspinous segmental spine fixation device |
US6030162A (en) | 1998-12-18 | 2000-02-29 | Acumed, Inc. | Axial tension screw |
JP3058774B2 (en) | 1993-01-29 | 2000-07-04 | 株式会社河合楽器製作所 | Image synthesizing apparatus and image synthesizing method |
US5814073A (en) | 1996-12-13 | 1998-09-29 | Bonutti; Peter M. | Method and apparatus for positioning a suture anchor |
US5380334A (en) | 1993-02-17 | 1995-01-10 | Smith & Nephew Dyonics, Inc. | Soft tissue anchors and systems for implantation |
US6478029B1 (en) | 1993-02-22 | 2002-11-12 | Hearport, Inc. | Devices and methods for port-access multivessel coronary artery bypass surgery |
US5431676A (en) | 1993-03-05 | 1995-07-11 | Innerdyne Medical, Inc. | Trocar system having expandable port |
US5470333A (en) | 1993-03-11 | 1995-11-28 | Danek Medical, Inc. | System for stabilizing the cervical and the lumbar region of the spine |
US6162234A (en) | 1993-03-23 | 2000-12-19 | Freedland; Yosef | Adjustable button cinch anchor orthopedic fastener |
US5415661A (en) | 1993-03-24 | 1995-05-16 | University Of Miami | Implantable spinal assist device |
US5346459A (en) | 1993-04-14 | 1994-09-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Trocar |
US5449361A (en) | 1993-04-21 | 1995-09-12 | Amei Technologies Inc. | Orthopedic cable tensioner |
US5540698A (en) | 1993-04-21 | 1996-07-30 | Amei Technologies Inc. | System and method for securing a medical cable |
SE509192C2 (en) | 1993-06-16 | 1998-12-14 | Lindab Ab | Self-drilling pop rivets as well as ways to provide a rivet joint by means of this |
FR2706309B1 (en) | 1993-06-17 | 1995-10-06 | Sofamor | Instrument for surgical treatment of an intervertebral disc by the anterior route. |
CA2124996C (en) | 1993-06-21 | 2006-01-31 | Thomas W. Sander | Orthopedic fastener applicator |
AU696256B2 (en) | 1993-07-16 | 1998-09-03 | Artifex Ltd. | Implant device and method of installing |
US5342365A (en) | 1993-07-19 | 1994-08-30 | Padgett Instruments, Inc. | Surgical rasp |
CA2167593A1 (en) | 1993-08-03 | 1995-02-09 | Stanley E. Asnis | Ratcheting compression device |
US6004327A (en) | 1993-08-03 | 1999-12-21 | Stryker Technologies Corporation | Ratcheting compression device |
JP3085043B2 (en) | 1993-08-05 | 2000-09-04 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Zinc oxide piezoelectric crystal film on sapphire surface |
CN1156255C (en) | 1993-10-01 | 2004-07-07 | 美商-艾克罗米德公司 | Spinal implant |
FR2711505B1 (en) | 1993-10-25 | 1995-12-29 | Tornier Sa | Device for synthesizing fractures of the upper end of the femur. |
US5618314A (en) | 1993-12-13 | 1997-04-08 | Harwin; Steven F. | Suture anchor device |
US5558674A (en) | 1993-12-17 | 1996-09-24 | Smith & Nephew Richards, Inc. | Devices and methods for posterior spinal fixation |
JPH07184922A (en) | 1993-12-28 | 1995-07-25 | Terumo Corp | Washer for joining bone |
US5452748A (en) | 1994-01-07 | 1995-09-26 | Simmons; John M. | Synchronized dual thread connector |
AU1011595A (en) | 1994-01-13 | 1995-07-20 | Ethicon Inc. | Spiral surgical tack |
US5514180A (en) | 1994-01-14 | 1996-05-07 | Heggeness; Michael H. | Prosthetic intervertebral devices |
FR2715293B1 (en) | 1994-01-26 | 1996-03-22 | Biomat | Vertebral interbody fusion cage. |
US5591194A (en) | 1994-02-18 | 1997-01-07 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Telescoping balloon catheter and method of use |
US7879095B2 (en) | 1994-03-18 | 2011-02-01 | Madhavan Pisharodi | Method of inserting, rotating and releasing a spring-loaded artificial disk |
US5407430A (en) | 1994-03-21 | 1995-04-18 | Peters; Michael J. | Intravenous catheter |
US5454790A (en) | 1994-05-09 | 1995-10-03 | Innerdyne, Inc. | Method and apparatus for catheterization access |
US5512037A (en) | 1994-05-12 | 1996-04-30 | United States Surgical Corporation | Percutaneous surgical retractor |
SE9402130D0 (en) | 1994-06-17 | 1994-06-17 | Sven Olerud | Device and method for plate fixation of legs |
US6001101A (en) | 1994-07-05 | 1999-12-14 | Depuy France | Screw device with threaded head for permitting the coaptation of two bone fragments |
US6162236A (en) | 1994-07-11 | 2000-12-19 | Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha | Trocar needle and expandable trocar tube |
US5980522A (en) | 1994-07-22 | 1999-11-09 | Koros; Tibor | Expandable spinal implants |
FR2722980B1 (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1996-09-27 | Samani Jacques | INTERTEPINOUS VERTEBRAL IMPLANT |
US5527312A (en) | 1994-08-19 | 1996-06-18 | Salut, Ltd. | Facet screw anchor |
US5645589A (en) | 1994-08-22 | 1997-07-08 | Li Medical Technologies, Inc. | Anchor and method for securement into a bore |
US5505710A (en) | 1994-08-22 | 1996-04-09 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Telescoping probe |
ATE203885T1 (en) | 1994-09-08 | 2001-08-15 | Stryker Technologies Corp | HYDROGEL DISC CORE |
US5639276A (en) | 1994-09-23 | 1997-06-17 | Rapid Development Systems, Inc. | Device for use in right ventricular placement and method for using same |
US5464427A (en) | 1994-10-04 | 1995-11-07 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Expanding suture anchor |
US5536127A (en) | 1994-10-13 | 1996-07-16 | Pennig; Dietmar | Headed screw construction for use in fixing the position of an intramedullary nail |
US5549610A (en) | 1994-10-31 | 1996-08-27 | Smith & Nephew Richards Inc. | Femoral intramedullary nail |
US5665095A (en) | 1994-12-15 | 1997-09-09 | Jacobson; Robert E. | Stereotactic guidance device |
US5562695A (en) | 1995-01-10 | 1996-10-08 | Obenchain; Theodore G. | Nerve deflecting conduit needle and method |
US5569290A (en) | 1995-01-30 | 1996-10-29 | Paul C. McAfee | Method of and apparatus for laparoscopic or endoscopic spinal surgery using an unsealed anteriorly inserted transparent trochar |
US5665122A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1997-09-09 | Kambin; Parviz | Expandable intervertebral cage and surgical method |
US5658335A (en) | 1995-03-09 | 1997-08-19 | Cohort Medical Products Group, Inc. | Spinal fixator |
US5643320A (en) | 1995-03-13 | 1997-07-01 | Depuy Inc. | Soft tissue anchor and method |
US5647857A (en) | 1995-03-16 | 1997-07-15 | Endotex Interventional Systems, Inc. | Protective intraluminal sheath |
US5624447A (en) | 1995-03-20 | 1997-04-29 | Othy, Inc. | Surgical tool guide and entry hole positioner |
DE29504857U1 (en) | 1995-03-22 | 1995-05-18 | Aesculap Ag, 78532 Tuttlingen | Drilling jig for surgical drilling tools |
US6206922B1 (en) | 1995-03-27 | 2001-03-27 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Methods and instruments for interbody fusion |
US5520690A (en) | 1995-04-13 | 1996-05-28 | Errico; Joseph P. | Anterior spinal polyaxial locking screw plate assembly |
US5626613A (en) | 1995-05-04 | 1997-05-06 | Arthrex, Inc. | Corkscrew suture anchor and driver |
US5702391A (en) | 1995-05-16 | 1997-12-30 | Lin; Chih-I | Intervertebral fusion device |
FI101933B (en) | 1995-06-13 | 1998-09-30 | Biocon Oy | Joint prosthesis |
US5662683A (en) | 1995-08-22 | 1997-09-02 | Ortho Helix Limited | Open helical organic tissue anchor and method of facilitating healing |
FR2737968B1 (en) | 1995-08-23 | 1997-12-05 | Biomat | IMPLANT FOR OSTEOSYNTHESIS OF SUPERIOR FEMALE EPIPHYSIS |
CA2229876A1 (en) | 1995-08-25 | 1997-03-06 | R. Thomas Grotz | Stabilizer for human joints |
US5776156A (en) | 1995-09-05 | 1998-07-07 | United States Surgical Corporation | Endoscopic cutting instrument |
US5817034A (en) | 1995-09-08 | 1998-10-06 | United States Surgical Corporation | Apparatus and method for removing tissue |
US6146384A (en) | 1995-10-13 | 2000-11-14 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Orthopedic fixation device and method of implantation |
JP3621424B2 (en) | 1995-10-20 | 2005-02-16 | ジンテーズ アクチエンゲゼルシャフト クール | Intervertebral implant with cage and rotating body |
US5772678A (en) | 1995-10-20 | 1998-06-30 | Inlet Medical, Inc. | Retractable disposable tip reusable trocar obturator |
US5743881A (en) | 1995-11-03 | 1998-04-28 | Aptec Medical Corporation | Laparoscopic surgical instrument and method of using same |
US5707359A (en) | 1995-11-14 | 1998-01-13 | Bufalini; Bruno | Expanding trocar assembly |
USD374287S (en) | 1995-12-12 | 1996-10-01 | Zimmer, Inc. | Orthopadeic washer |
US5681167A (en) | 1996-01-05 | 1997-10-28 | Lazarof; Sargon | Dental assembly and process for preparing a tooth prosthesis |
US5814084A (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1998-09-29 | University Of Florida Tissue Bank, Inc. | Diaphysial cortical dowel |
US5649931A (en) | 1996-01-16 | 1997-07-22 | Zimmer, Inc. | Orthopaedic apparatus for driving and/or removing a bone screw |
US5899906A (en) | 1996-01-18 | 1999-05-04 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Threaded washer |
US5725541A (en) | 1996-01-22 | 1998-03-10 | The Anspach Effort, Inc. | Soft tissue fastener device |
US5741282A (en) | 1996-01-22 | 1998-04-21 | The Anspach Effort, Inc. | Soft tissue fastener device |
US5749889A (en) | 1996-02-13 | 1998-05-12 | Imagyn Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing biopsy |
EP0880343B1 (en) | 1996-02-16 | 2004-07-07 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Graft anchor |
DE19607517C1 (en) | 1996-02-28 | 1997-04-10 | Lutz Biedermann | Bone screw for osteosynthesis |
US5810721A (en) | 1996-03-04 | 1998-09-22 | Heartport, Inc. | Soft tissue retractor and method for providing surgical access |
US6048309A (en) | 1996-03-04 | 2000-04-11 | Heartport, Inc. | Soft tissue retractor and delivery device therefor |
US5976139A (en) | 1996-07-17 | 1999-11-02 | Bramlet; Dale G. | Surgical fastener assembly |
DE19780707C2 (en) | 1996-03-22 | 2002-09-12 | Sdgi Holdings Inc | Percutaneous surgery device |
US6679833B2 (en) | 1996-03-22 | 2004-01-20 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and methods for percutaneous surgery |
US5792044A (en) | 1996-03-22 | 1998-08-11 | Danek Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for percutaneous surgery |
US5653763A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 1997-08-05 | Fastenetix, L.L.C. | Intervertebral space shape conforming cage device |
US5667508A (en) | 1996-05-01 | 1997-09-16 | Fastenetix, Llc | Unitary locking cap for use with a pedicle screw |
US6491714B1 (en) | 1996-05-03 | 2002-12-10 | William F. Bennett | Surgical tissue repair and attachment apparatus and method |
US5743914A (en) | 1996-06-06 | 1998-04-28 | Skiba; Jeffry B. | Bone screw |
US5849004A (en) | 1996-07-17 | 1998-12-15 | Bramlet; Dale G. | Surgical anchor |
EP0820736A1 (en) | 1996-07-23 | 1998-01-28 | Biomat B.V. | Detachably connecting cap for a screw used in orthopaedic surgery |
US6733496B2 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2004-05-11 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Intervertebral disc device employing flexible probe |
US6126682A (en) | 1996-08-13 | 2000-10-03 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Method for treating annular fissures in intervertebral discs |
US5868707A (en) | 1996-08-15 | 1999-02-09 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Protective sheath for catheter balloons |
SE510152C2 (en) | 1996-09-02 | 1999-04-26 | Nobel Biocare Ab | Device for ventilating the middle ear |
US5716416A (en) | 1996-09-10 | 1998-02-10 | Lin; Chih-I | Artificial intervertebral disk and method for implanting the same |
FR2753368B1 (en) | 1996-09-13 | 1999-01-08 | Chauvin Jean Luc | EXPANSIONAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS CAGE |
US6083244A (en) | 1996-09-13 | 2000-07-04 | Tendon Technology, Ltd. | Apparatus and method for tendon or ligament repair |
JP3223346B2 (en) | 1996-09-19 | 2001-10-29 | タキロン株式会社 | Osteosynthesis screw washers |
US5948000A (en) | 1996-10-03 | 1999-09-07 | United States Surgical Corporation | System for suture anchor placement |
CA2217406C (en) | 1996-10-04 | 2006-05-30 | United States Surgical Corporation | Suture anchor installation system with disposable loading unit |
ES2210442T3 (en) | 1996-10-04 | 2004-07-01 | United States Surgical Corporation | APPLIANCE FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF A FABRIC CLAMP. |
US5931870A (en) | 1996-10-09 | 1999-08-03 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Acetabular ring prosthesis with reinforcement buttress |
US5968098A (en) | 1996-10-22 | 1999-10-19 | Surgical Dynamics, Inc. | Apparatus for fusing adjacent bone structures |
JP2002514100A (en) | 1996-10-24 | 2002-05-14 | スピナル コンセプツ,インク. | Method and apparatus for fixing a spine |
US5895428A (en) | 1996-11-01 | 1999-04-20 | Berry; Don | Load bearing spinal joint implant |
AU5197198A (en) | 1996-11-04 | 1998-05-29 | Thomas M. Espinosa | A fastener assembly serving as a product, or combined with other components as a product, allows automatic controlled movements in one direction and prevent s movements in the opposite direction when forces are applied |
US6053935A (en) | 1996-11-08 | 2000-04-25 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Transvaginal anchor implantation device |
US6264676B1 (en) | 1996-11-08 | 2001-07-24 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Protective sheath for transvaginal anchor implantation devices |
US20050143734A1 (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2005-06-30 | Cachia Victor V. | Bone fixation system with radially extendable anchor |
US6648890B2 (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2003-11-18 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Bone fixation system with radially extendable anchor |
US6632224B2 (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2003-10-14 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Bone fixation system |
US5893850A (en) | 1996-11-12 | 1999-04-13 | Cachia; Victor V. | Bone fixation device |
DE69737208T2 (en) | 1996-11-15 | 2007-11-08 | Cook Inc., Bloomington | STENT MOUNTING DEVICE WITH A SEPARATE SHEATH |
US5947999A (en) | 1996-12-03 | 1999-09-07 | Groiso; Jorge A. | Surgical clip and method |
US6027504A (en) | 1996-12-06 | 2000-02-22 | Mcguire; David A. | Device and method for producing osteotomies |
US5873854A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1999-02-23 | Datascope Investment Corp. | Method for percutaneous insertion of catheters |
US6068630A (en) | 1997-01-02 | 2000-05-30 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Spine distraction implant |
US6902566B2 (en) | 1997-01-02 | 2005-06-07 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Spinal implants, insertion instruments, and methods of use |
US6156038A (en) | 1997-01-02 | 2000-12-05 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Spine distraction implant and method |
US7101375B2 (en) | 1997-01-02 | 2006-09-05 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Spine distraction implant |
US7201751B2 (en) | 1997-01-02 | 2007-04-10 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Supplemental spine fixation device |
US6712819B2 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 2004-03-30 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Mating insertion instruments for spinal implants and methods of use |
US5860977A (en) | 1997-01-02 | 1999-01-19 | Saint Francis Medical Technologies, Llc | Spine distraction implant and method |
US6695842B2 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2004-02-24 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Interspinous process distraction system and method with positionable wing and method |
US6514256B2 (en) | 1997-01-02 | 2003-02-04 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Spine distraction implant and method |
US6796983B1 (en) | 1997-01-02 | 2004-09-28 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Spine distraction implant and method |
US6451019B1 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 2002-09-17 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Supplemental spine fixation device and method |
US20020143331A1 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 2002-10-03 | Zucherman James F. | Inter-spinous process implant and method with deformable spacer |
US5836948A (en) | 1997-01-02 | 1998-11-17 | Saint Francis Medical Technologies, Llc | Spine distraction implant and method |
US7306628B2 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2007-12-11 | St. Francis Medical Technologies | Interspinous process apparatus and method with a selectably expandable spacer |
DE19700474C2 (en) | 1997-01-09 | 1999-12-30 | Aesculap Ag & Co Kg | Surgical instrument |
US5741256A (en) | 1997-01-13 | 1998-04-21 | Synthes (U.S.A.) | Helical osteosynthetic implant |
US5941911A (en) | 1997-01-16 | 1999-08-24 | Buechel; Frederick F. | Orthopedic prosthesis employing bone screws and cement |
IT1293934B1 (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1999-03-11 | Orthofix Srl | ENDOMIDOLLAR NAIL FOR THE TREATMENT OF HIP FRACTURES |
DE69840774D1 (en) | 1997-02-06 | 2009-06-04 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp | ADVANCED, THREADLESS DEVICE FOR SPINAL COLUMN FUSION |
US6106528A (en) | 1997-02-11 | 2000-08-22 | Orthomatrix, Inc. | Modular intramedullary fixation system and insertion instrumentation |
WO2001054598A1 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2001-08-02 | Disc-O-Tech Medical Technologies, Ltd. | Expanding bone implants |
US5935129A (en) | 1997-03-07 | 1999-08-10 | Innovasive Devices, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for anchoring objects to bone |
US5782866A (en) | 1997-03-25 | 1998-07-21 | Ethicon, Inc. | System for anchoring tissue to bone |
US5879332A (en) | 1997-03-26 | 1999-03-09 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Trocar having protector with flexible end |
US5810821A (en) | 1997-03-28 | 1998-09-22 | Biomet Inc. | Bone fixation screw system |
US6228058B1 (en) | 1997-04-03 | 2001-05-08 | Core Dynamics, Inc. | Sleeve trocar with penetration indicator |
US6045579A (en) | 1997-05-01 | 2000-04-04 | Spinal Concepts, Inc. | Adjustable height fusion device |
US5957924A (en) | 1997-05-22 | 1999-09-28 | Bionx Implants Oy | Installation tool for suture anchor |
IES970411A2 (en) | 1997-06-03 | 1997-12-03 | Tecos Holdings Inc | Pluridirectional and modulable vertebral osteosynthesis device of small overall size |
US5893889A (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1999-04-13 | Harrington; Michael | Artificial disc |
US6692499B2 (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2004-02-17 | Linvatec Biomaterials Oy | Surgical fastener for tissue treatment |
US5976146A (en) | 1997-07-11 | 1999-11-02 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Surgical operation system and method of securing working space for surgical operation in body |
US6175758B1 (en) | 1997-07-15 | 2001-01-16 | Parviz Kambin | Method for percutaneous arthroscopic disc removal, bone biopsy and fixation of the vertebrae |
US5964761A (en) | 1997-07-15 | 1999-10-12 | Kambin; Parviz | Method and instruments for percutaneous arthroscopic disc removal, bone biopsy and fixation of vertebrae |
FR2766353B1 (en) | 1997-07-28 | 1999-11-26 | Dimso Sa | IMPLANT, ESPECIALLY ANTERIOR CERVICAL PLATE |
US5954722A (en) | 1997-07-29 | 1999-09-21 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Polyaxial locking plate |
US6007519A (en) | 1997-07-30 | 1999-12-28 | Rosselli; Matteo | Central access cannulation device |
US6293952B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2001-09-25 | Circon Corporation | Medical instrument system for piercing through tissue |
US6001100A (en) | 1997-08-19 | 1999-12-14 | Bionx Implants Oy | Bone block fixation implant |
US5865848A (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-02-02 | Artifex, Ltd. | Dynamic intervertebral spacer and method of use |
JPH1189854A (en) | 1997-09-16 | 1999-04-06 | Kobe Steel Ltd | Cervical vertebra correcting holder |
US5967970A (en) | 1997-09-26 | 1999-10-19 | Cowan; Michael A. | System and method for balloon-assisted retraction tube |
EP1019141B1 (en) | 1997-10-01 | 2007-04-18 | Boston Scientific Limited | Dilation systems |
US6030364A (en) | 1997-10-03 | 2000-02-29 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Apparatus and method for percutaneous placement of gastro-intestinal tubes |
KR100779258B1 (en) | 1997-10-27 | 2007-11-27 | 세인트 프랜시스 메디컬 테크놀로지스, 인코포레이티드 | Spine distraction implant |
US6149669A (en) | 1997-10-30 | 2000-11-21 | Li Medical Technologies, Inc. | Surgical fastener assembly method of use |
US5954747A (en) | 1997-11-20 | 1999-09-21 | Clark; Ron | Meniscus repair anchor system |
US6010513A (en) | 1997-11-26 | 2000-01-04 | Bionx Implants Oy | Device for installing a tissue fastener |
US6206826B1 (en) | 1997-12-18 | 2001-03-27 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and methods for percutaneous surgery |
US6015410A (en) | 1997-12-23 | 2000-01-18 | Bionx Implants Oy | Bioabsorbable surgical implants for endoscopic soft tissue suspension procedure |
US6068648A (en) | 1998-01-26 | 2000-05-30 | Orthodyne, Inc. | Tissue anchoring system and method |
FR2774581B1 (en) | 1998-02-10 | 2000-08-11 | Dimso Sa | INTEREPINOUS STABILIZER TO BE ATTACHED TO SPINOUS APOPHYSIS OF TWO VERTEBRES |
FR2775183B1 (en) | 1998-02-20 | 2000-08-04 | Jean Taylor | INTER-SPINOUS PROSTHESIS |
DE19807236C2 (en) | 1998-02-20 | 2000-06-21 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Intervertebral implant |
US5984926A (en) | 1998-02-24 | 1999-11-16 | Jones; A. Alexander M. | Bone screw shimming and bone graft containment system and method |
US5984966A (en) | 1998-03-02 | 1999-11-16 | Bionx Implants Oy | Bioabsorbable bone block fixation implant |
US5984927A (en) | 1998-03-03 | 1999-11-16 | Ethicon, Inc. | Device for sutureless attachment of soft tissue to bone |
US5871485A (en) | 1998-03-18 | 1999-02-16 | Rao; G.V. Subba | Device for internal fixation of femoral neck fractures |
EP1063931A2 (en) | 1998-03-19 | 2001-01-03 | Oratec Interventions, Inc. | Catheter for delivery of energy to a surgical site |
US5997538A (en) | 1998-03-23 | 1999-12-07 | New York Society For The Ruptured And Crippled Maintaining The Hospital For Special Surgery | Rotationally ratcheting bone screw |
US6428541B1 (en) | 1998-04-09 | 2002-08-06 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Method and instrumentation for vertebral interbody fusion |
DE29806563U1 (en) | 1998-04-09 | 1998-06-18 | Howmedica GmbH, 24232 Schönkirchen | Pedicle screw and assembly aid for it |
US6056751A (en) | 1998-04-16 | 2000-05-02 | Axya Medical, Inc. | Sutureless soft tissue fixation assembly |
US5954671A (en) | 1998-04-20 | 1999-09-21 | O'neill; Michael J. | Bone harvesting method and apparatus |
US6447527B1 (en) | 1998-04-23 | 2002-09-10 | Ronald J. Thompson | Apparatus and methods for the penetration of tissue |
US6450989B2 (en) | 1998-04-27 | 2002-09-17 | Artemis Medical, Inc. | Dilating and support apparatus with disease inhibitors and methods for use |
US6019762A (en) | 1998-04-30 | 2000-02-01 | Orthodyne, Inc. | Adjustable length orthopedic fixation device |
WO1999058074A2 (en) | 1998-05-12 | 1999-11-18 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Manual bone anchor placement devices |
US6290724B1 (en) | 1998-05-27 | 2001-09-18 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Methods for separating and stabilizing adjacent vertebrae |
WO1999060956A1 (en) | 1998-05-27 | 1999-12-02 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Interlocking spinal inserts |
US6368325B1 (en) | 1998-05-27 | 2002-04-09 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Bone blocks and methods for inserting bone blocks into intervertebral spaces |
AU7423698A (en) | 1998-06-04 | 1999-12-20 | Synthes Ag, Chur | Surgical blind rivet with closing element |
US6224603B1 (en) | 1998-06-09 | 2001-05-01 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Transiliac approach to entering a patient's intervertebral space |
AU4422899A (en) | 1998-06-09 | 2000-02-14 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Spinal surgery guidance platform |
US6599302B2 (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2003-07-29 | Converge Medical, Inc. | Aortic aneurysm treatment systems |
JP2000010376A (en) | 1998-06-26 | 2000-01-14 | Fujitsu Ltd | Image forming device |
DE19831336C2 (en) | 1998-07-13 | 2003-06-18 | Sepitec Foundation Vaduz | Bone screw, especially for use with translaminar vertebrae |
DE19832798C1 (en) | 1998-07-21 | 1999-11-04 | Aesculap Ag & Co Kg | Instrument for installation of surgical bone plates |
US5989255A (en) | 1998-08-06 | 1999-11-23 | Smith & Nephew | Orthopaedic done screw apparatus |
US5916145A (en) | 1998-08-07 | 1999-06-29 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Device and method of using a surgical assembly with mesh sheath |
US7682370B2 (en) | 1998-08-20 | 2010-03-23 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Surgical tool for use in expanding a cannula |
US7799036B2 (en) | 1998-08-20 | 2010-09-21 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for securing vertebrae |
US6187000B1 (en) | 1998-08-20 | 2001-02-13 | Endius Incorporated | Cannula for receiving surgical instruments |
US7641670B2 (en) | 1998-08-20 | 2010-01-05 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Cannula for receiving surgical instruments |
FR2782632B1 (en) | 1998-08-28 | 2000-12-29 | Materiel Orthopedique En Abreg | EXPANSIBLE INTERSOMATIC FUSION CAGE |
US6093173A (en) | 1998-09-09 | 2000-07-25 | Embol-X, Inc. | Introducer/dilator with balloon protection and methods of use |
US6117174A (en) | 1998-09-16 | 2000-09-12 | Nolan; Wesley A. | Spinal implant device |
US6317722B1 (en) | 1998-09-18 | 2001-11-13 | Amazon.Com, Inc. | Use of electronic shopping carts to generate personal recommendations |
US5957902A (en) | 1998-09-28 | 1999-09-28 | Teves; Leonides Y. | Surgical tool for enlarging puncture opening made by trocar |
US6248108B1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2001-06-19 | Bionx Implants Oy | Bioabsorbable surgical screw and washer system |
US5967783A (en) | 1998-10-19 | 1999-10-19 | Ura; Robert S. | Threaded dental implant with a core to thread ratio facilitating immediate loading and method of installation |
US7029473B2 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 2006-04-18 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Deflectable spacer for use as an interspinous process implant and method |
US6652527B2 (en) | 1998-10-20 | 2003-11-25 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Supplemental spine fixation device and method |
US6066142A (en) | 1998-10-22 | 2000-05-23 | Depuy Orthopaedics, Inc. | Variable position bone drilling alignment guide |
US6099529A (en) | 1998-10-26 | 2000-08-08 | Musculoskeletal Transplant Foundation | Allograft bone fixation screw method and apparatus |
US6193757B1 (en) * | 1998-10-29 | 2001-02-27 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral spacers |
DE19851152A1 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2000-05-11 | Storz Karl Gmbh & Co Kg | Instruments for implanting a cruciate ligament replacement in a knee joint |
EP1133263B1 (en) | 1998-11-26 | 2005-07-20 | SYNTHES AG Chur | Screw |
US6346092B1 (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2002-02-12 | Datascope Investment Corp. | Intra-aortic balloon catheter and insertion sheath |
CA2291349A1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2000-06-23 | Nortel Networks Corporation | A wireless communication system in which a base station controller routes packet data between roaming mobile units and a coupled packet data network |
US6102950A (en) | 1999-01-19 | 2000-08-15 | Vaccaro; Alex | Intervertebral body fusion device |
DE60044258D1 (en) | 1999-01-25 | 2010-06-02 | Warsaw Orthopedic Inc | INSTRUMENT FOR CREATING AN INTERMEDIATELY ROOM FOR THE RECORDING OF AN IMPLANT |
US6475226B1 (en) | 1999-02-03 | 2002-11-05 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Percutaneous bypass apparatus and method |
US6361557B1 (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2002-03-26 | Medtronic Ave, Inc. | Staplebutton radiopaque marker |
WO2000047263A2 (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2000-08-17 | Karl Storz Gmbh & Co. Kg | Device for introducing an intubation tube into the trachea |
US6436143B1 (en) | 1999-02-22 | 2002-08-20 | Anthony C. Ross | Method and apparatus for treating intervertebral disks |
US6355043B1 (en) | 1999-03-01 | 2002-03-12 | Sulzer Orthopedics Ltd. | Bone screw for anchoring a marrow nail |
US6159179A (en) | 1999-03-12 | 2000-12-12 | Simonson; Robert E. | Cannula and sizing and insertion method |
US6395007B1 (en) | 1999-03-16 | 2002-05-28 | American Osteomedix, Inc. | Apparatus and method for fixation of osteoporotic bone |
US6156070A (en) | 1999-03-26 | 2000-12-05 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | Allograft prosthetic joints and method |
US6602291B1 (en) | 1999-04-05 | 2003-08-05 | Raymedica, Inc. | Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus having a shape change characteristic |
ES2217724T3 (en) | 1999-04-08 | 2004-11-01 | Orthofix International B.V. | IMPROVED SCREW FOR ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY. |
US6126663A (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2000-10-03 | Hair; John Hunter | Expandable bone connector |
US6478805B1 (en) | 1999-04-16 | 2002-11-12 | Nuvasive, Inc. | System for removing cut tissue from the inner bore of a surgical instrument |
US6387130B1 (en) | 1999-04-16 | 2002-05-14 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Segmented linked intervertebral implant systems |
FR2792521B1 (en) | 1999-04-22 | 2001-08-31 | New Deal | COMPRESSION OSTEOSYNTHESIS SCREWS AND IMPLEMENTATION ANCILLARY |
US6423067B1 (en) | 1999-04-29 | 2002-07-23 | Theken Surgical Llc | Nonlinear lag screw with captive driving device |
US7094239B1 (en) | 1999-05-05 | 2006-08-22 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Screws of cortical bone and method of manufacture thereof |
US6607530B1 (en) | 1999-05-10 | 2003-08-19 | Highgate Orthopedics, Inc. | Systems and methods for spinal fixation |
DE29908360U1 (en) | 1999-05-11 | 2000-09-21 | Hehl, Gerhard, Dr.med., 89079 Ulm | Slide screw for the operative supply of e.g. Fractures of the femoral neck |
US6419704B1 (en) | 1999-10-08 | 2002-07-16 | Bret Ferree | Artificial intervertebral disc replacement methods and apparatus |
US6245107B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2001-06-12 | Bret A. Ferree | Methods and apparatus for treating disc herniation |
US6123711A (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2000-09-26 | Winters; Thomas F. | Tissue fixation device and method |
JP2003501198A (en) | 1999-06-16 | 2003-01-14 | トマス ホークラント, | Method and apparatus for decompressing a herniated disc |
US6419705B1 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2002-07-16 | Sulzer Spine-Tech Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method |
JP2001011466A (en) | 1999-06-29 | 2001-01-16 | Kawasaki Steel Corp | Equipment and method for repairing coke oven backstay |
DE29911422U1 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 1999-08-12 | Aesculap Ag & Co Kg | Intervertebral implant |
WO2002009626A1 (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2002-02-07 | Advanced Prosthetic Technologies, Inc. | Improved spinal surgical prosthesis |
ES2164548B1 (en) | 1999-08-05 | 2003-03-01 | Probitas Pharma Sa | DEVICE FOR DOSAGE OF FRAGUABLE MASS FOR VERTEBROPLASTIA AND OTHER SIMILAR OSEOS TREATMENTS. |
US7288096B2 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2007-10-30 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Apparatus for placement of cardiac defibrillator and pacer |
US6607547B1 (en) | 1999-08-25 | 2003-08-19 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Longitudinal dilator and method |
US6200322B1 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2001-03-13 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Minimal exposure posterior spinal interbody instrumentation and technique |
WO2001012054A2 (en) | 1999-08-17 | 2001-02-22 | Pioneer Laboratories | Bone connector system |
US6458134B1 (en) | 1999-08-17 | 2002-10-01 | Pioneer Laboratories, Inc. | Bone connector system with anti-rotational feature |
US6655962B1 (en) | 1999-08-17 | 2003-12-02 | Nobel Biocare Usa, Inc. | Immediate provisional implant |
US7094258B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2006-08-22 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of reinforcing an annulus fibrosis |
US7507243B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2009-03-24 | Gregory Lambrecht | Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc |
US6936072B2 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2005-08-30 | Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. | Encapsulated intervertebral disc prosthesis and methods of manufacture |
US6425919B1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2002-07-30 | Intrinsic Orthopedics, Inc. | Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation |
US6554852B1 (en) | 1999-08-25 | 2003-04-29 | Michael A. Oberlander | Multi-anchor suture |
WO2001013807A2 (en) | 1999-08-26 | 2001-03-01 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and methods for implanting fusion cages |
US6379363B1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2002-04-30 | Walter Lorenz Surgical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for reattachment of a cranial flap using a cranial clamp |
FR2799640B1 (en) | 1999-10-15 | 2002-01-25 | Spine Next Sa | IMPLANT INTERVETEBRAL |
US6251111B1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2001-06-26 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Jack for pulling a vertebral anchor |
US6575899B1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2003-06-10 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Methods and instruments for endoscopic interbody surgical techniques |
US6530929B1 (en) | 1999-10-20 | 2003-03-11 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Instruments for stabilization of bony structures |
US6830570B1 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2004-12-14 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and techniques for a posterior lateral disc space approach |
US6764491B2 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2004-07-20 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and techniques for a posterior lateral disc space approach |
WO2001028469A2 (en) | 1999-10-21 | 2001-04-26 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Devices and techniques for a posterior lateral disc space approach |
US7691145B2 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2010-04-06 | Facet Solutions, Inc. | Prostheses, systems and methods for replacement of natural facet joints with artificial facet joint surfaces |
US6974478B2 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2005-12-13 | Archus Orthopedics, Inc. | Prostheses, systems and methods for replacement of natural facet joints with artificial facet joint surfaces |
ATE467400T1 (en) | 1999-10-22 | 2010-05-15 | Fsi Acquisition Sub Llc | FACET ARTHROPLASTY DEVICES |
US6371971B1 (en) | 1999-11-15 | 2002-04-16 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Guidewire filter and methods of use |
US6264671B1 (en) | 1999-11-15 | 2001-07-24 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Stent delivery catheter and method of use |
US6287313B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2001-09-11 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Screw delivery system and method |
US6558389B2 (en) | 1999-11-30 | 2003-05-06 | Ron Clark | Endosteal tibial ligament fixation with adjustable tensioning |
WO2001041681A1 (en) | 1999-12-10 | 2001-06-14 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Facet screw and bone allograft intervertebral support and fusion system |
US7641657B2 (en) | 2003-06-10 | 2010-01-05 | Trans1, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing posterior or anterior trans-sacral access to spinal vertebrae |
US6290701B1 (en) | 2000-01-11 | 2001-09-18 | Albert Enayati | Bioabsorbable rivet bone fastener |
CA2366813A1 (en) | 2000-01-26 | 2001-08-02 | Heartport, Inc. | Vascular incisor and method |
US6228087B1 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2001-05-08 | Depuy Orthopaedics, Inc. | Fixation member for treating orthopedic fractures |
US6500205B1 (en) | 2000-04-19 | 2002-12-31 | Gary K. Michelson | Expandable threaded arcuate interbody spinal fusion implant with cylindrical configuration during insertion |
US6814756B1 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2004-11-09 | Gary K. Michelson | Expandable threaded arcuate interbody spinal fusion implant with lordotic configuration during insertion |
US6716247B2 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2004-04-06 | Gary K. Michelson | Expandable push-in interbody spinal fusion implant |
US7776068B2 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2010-08-17 | Trans1 Inc. | Spinal motion preservation assemblies |
US7727263B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2010-06-01 | Trans1, Inc. | Articulating spinal implant |
US6790210B1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2004-09-14 | Trans1, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for forming curved axial bores through spinal vertebrae |
US6899716B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2005-05-31 | Trans1, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal augmentation |
US6575979B1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2003-06-10 | Axiamed, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing posterior or anterior trans-sacral access to spinal vertebrae |
US6558390B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2003-05-06 | Axiamed, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for performing therapeutic procedures in the spine |
US7014633B2 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2006-03-21 | Trans1, Inc. | Methods of performing procedures in the spine |
US6582441B1 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2003-06-24 | Advanced Bionics Corporation | Surgical insertion tool |
US6740093B2 (en) | 2000-02-28 | 2004-05-25 | Stephen Hochschuler | Method and apparatus for treating a vertebral body |
WO2001064124A1 (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2001-09-07 | Surgical Navigation Technologies, Inc. | Multiple cannula image guided tool for image guided procedures |
US6562049B1 (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2003-05-13 | Cook Vascular Incorporated | Medical introducer apparatus |
US6423061B1 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2002-07-23 | Amei Technologies Inc. | High tibial osteotomy method and apparatus |
AU2001244497A1 (en) | 2000-03-20 | 2001-10-03 | By-Pass, Inc. | Transvascular bypass method and system |
AR027685A1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2003-04-09 | Synthes Ag | METHOD AND METHOD FOR CARRYING OUT |
US6402750B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2002-06-11 | Spinlabs, Llc | Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders |
US6805695B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2004-10-19 | Spinalabs, Llc | Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs |
US6468277B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2002-10-22 | Ethicon, Inc. | Orthopedic screw and method |
US6821298B1 (en) | 2000-04-18 | 2004-11-23 | Roger P. Jackson | Anterior expandable spinal fusion cage system |
JP2004500916A (en) | 2000-04-26 | 2004-01-15 | アンカー メディカル テクノロジーズ インコーポレイテッド | Bone fixation system |
US6592553B2 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2003-07-15 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Introducer assembly and method therefor |
US6808537B2 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2004-10-26 | Gary Karlin Michelson | Expandable implant with interlocking walls |
FR2811540B1 (en) | 2000-07-12 | 2003-04-25 | Spine Next Sa | IMPORTING INTERVERTEBRAL IMPLANT |
US6582453B1 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2003-06-24 | Opus Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attaching connective tissues to bone using a suture anchoring device |
US6852126B2 (en) | 2000-07-17 | 2005-02-08 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Stackable interlocking intervertebral support system |
US20080086133A1 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2008-04-10 | Spineology | Expandable porous mesh bag device and methods of use for reduction, filling, fixation and supporting of bone |
ES2341641T3 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2010-06-24 | The Spineology Group, Llc | AN EXPANSIBLE POROUS MESH BAG DEVICE AND ITS USE FOR OSEA SURGERY. |
US7056321B2 (en) | 2000-08-01 | 2006-06-06 | Endius, Incorporated | Method of securing vertebrae |
US6579293B1 (en) | 2000-08-02 | 2003-06-17 | Rama E. Chandran | Intramedullary rod with interlocking oblique screw for tibio-calcaneal arthrodesis |
US7114501B2 (en) | 2000-08-14 | 2006-10-03 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Transverse cavity device and method |
US6620196B1 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2003-09-16 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Intervertebral disc nucleus implants and methods |
US6585730B1 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2003-07-01 | Opus Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attaching connective tissues to bone using a knotless suture anchoring device |
US6554831B1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2003-04-29 | Hopital Sainte-Justine | Mobile dynamic system for treating spinal disorder |
US6485491B1 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2002-11-26 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Posterior fixation system |
US6500206B1 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2002-12-31 | Donald W. Bryan | Instruments for inserting spinal vertebral implant |
US6551322B1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2003-04-22 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus for implantation into bone |
US6468309B1 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2002-10-22 | Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Method and apparatus for stabilizing adjacent bones |
US6669698B1 (en) | 2000-10-24 | 2003-12-30 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Vertebrae fastener placement guide |
US6648893B2 (en) | 2000-10-27 | 2003-11-18 | Blackstone Medical, Inc. | Facet fixation devices |
US6527774B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2003-03-04 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus for attaching fractured sections of bone |
US6551319B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2003-04-22 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus for implantation into bone |
US6582390B1 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2003-06-24 | Endovascular Technologies, Inc. | Dual lumen peel-away sheath introducer |
US6551320B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2003-04-22 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Method and apparatus for correcting spinal deformity |
US6544265B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2003-04-08 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus for implantation into bone related applications |
US6666891B2 (en) | 2000-11-13 | 2003-12-23 | Frank H. Boehm, Jr. | Device and method for lumbar interbody fusion |
RS49794B (en) | 2000-11-22 | 2008-06-05 | Milorad Mitković | Internal fixator of bones |
US6454807B1 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2002-09-24 | Roger P. Jackson | Articulated expandable spinal fusion cage system |
US6443989B1 (en) | 2000-12-04 | 2002-09-03 | Roger P. Jackson | Posterior expandable fusion cage |
US6773460B2 (en) | 2000-12-05 | 2004-08-10 | Roger P. Jackson | Anterior variable expandable fusion cage |
US6752831B2 (en) | 2000-12-08 | 2004-06-22 | Osteotech, Inc. | Biocompatible osteogenic band for repair of spinal disorders |
DE60143095D1 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2010-10-28 | Olympus Corp | TROCAR AND TROCAR SYSTEM |
FR2818530B1 (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2003-10-31 | Spine Next Sa | INTERVERTEBRAL IMPLANT WITH DEFORMABLE SHIM |
US6635059B2 (en) | 2001-01-03 | 2003-10-21 | Bernard L. Randall | Cannulated locking screw system especially for transiliac implant |
US20020087152A1 (en) | 2001-01-04 | 2002-07-04 | Endocare, Inc. | Systems and methods for delivering a probe into tissue |
US6929606B2 (en) | 2001-01-29 | 2005-08-16 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Retractor and method for spinal pedicle screw placement |
DE20101793U1 (en) | 2001-02-02 | 2001-05-03 | Aesculap AG & Co. KG, 78532 Tuttlingen | Surgical implant for fixing adjacent bone plates |
ATE384500T1 (en) | 2001-02-04 | 2008-02-15 | Warsaw Orthopedic Inc | INSTRUMENTS FOR INSERTING AND POSITIONING AN EXPANDABLE INTERVERBEL FUSION IMPLANT |
US6494860B2 (en) | 2001-02-08 | 2002-12-17 | Oscor Inc. | Introducer with multiple sheaths and method of use therefor |
US6635362B2 (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2003-10-21 | Xiaoci Maggie Zheng | High temperature coatings for gas turbines |
US7371238B2 (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2008-05-13 | Queen's University At Kingston | Method and device for treating scoliosis |
US20030045935A1 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2003-03-06 | Angelucci Christopher M. | Laminoplasty implants and methods of use |
US6595998B2 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2003-07-22 | Spinewave, Inc. | Tissue distraction device |
FR2822051B1 (en) | 2001-03-13 | 2004-02-27 | Spine Next Sa | INTERVERTEBRAL IMPLANT WITH SELF-LOCKING ATTACHMENT |
US7686807B2 (en) | 2001-03-22 | 2010-03-30 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Tool for bone fixation device |
US7128760B2 (en) | 2001-03-27 | 2006-10-31 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Radially expanding interbody spinal fusion implants, instrumentation, and methods of insertion |
US6368351B1 (en) | 2001-03-27 | 2002-04-09 | Bradley J. Glenn | Intervertebral space implant for use in spinal fusion procedures |
EP1379186B1 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2009-05-27 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Distal bone anchors for bone fixation with secondary compression |
US6511481B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2003-01-28 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for fixation of proximal femoral fractures |
US6887243B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2005-05-03 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for bone fixation with secondary compression |
US6582433B2 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2003-06-24 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | Spine fixation device and method |
JP3629557B2 (en) | 2001-04-28 | 2005-03-16 | 李 春澤 | Spinal fusion transfer |
US6974480B2 (en) | 2001-05-03 | 2005-12-13 | Synthes (Usa) | Intervertebral implant for transforaminal posterior lumbar interbody fusion procedure |
US7144393B2 (en) | 2001-05-15 | 2006-12-05 | Dipoto Gene P | Structure for receiving surgical instruments |
US6770075B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2004-08-03 | Robert S. Howland | Spinal fixation apparatus with enhanced axial support and methods for use |
US6361537B1 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2002-03-26 | Cinci M. Anderson | Surgical plate with pawl and process for repair of a broken bone |
US6746451B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2004-06-08 | Lance M. Middleton | Tissue cavitation device and method |
US6468310B1 (en) | 2001-07-16 | 2002-10-22 | Third Millennium Engineering, Llc | Intervertebral spacer device having a wave washer force restoring element |
US20030028251A1 (en) | 2001-07-30 | 2003-02-06 | Mathews Hallett H. | Methods and devices for interbody spinal stabilization |
US6673074B2 (en) | 2001-08-02 | 2004-01-06 | Endius Incorporated | Apparatus for retaining bone portions in a desired spatial relationship |
US6375682B1 (en) | 2001-08-06 | 2002-04-23 | Lewis W. Fleischmann | Collapsible, rotatable and expandable spinal hydraulic prosthetic device |
FR2828398B1 (en) | 2001-08-08 | 2003-09-19 | Jean Taylor | VERTEBRA STABILIZATION ASSEMBLY |
US6547795B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2003-04-15 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Surgical guide system for stabilization of the spine |
US6916323B2 (en) | 2001-08-21 | 2005-07-12 | Depuy Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for percutaneously securing a bone screw and a bone plate to a bone of a patient |
US7326211B2 (en) | 2001-08-23 | 2008-02-05 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Deployment tool for distal bone anchors with secondary compression |
US20040024463A1 (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2004-02-05 | Thomas James C. | Expandable implant for partial disc replacement and reinforcement of a disc partially removed in a discectomy and for reduction and maintenance of alignment of cancellous bone fractures and methods and apparatuses for same |
US6589240B2 (en) | 2001-08-28 | 2003-07-08 | Rex Medical, L.P. | Tissue biopsy apparatus with collapsible cutter |
DE10143058A1 (en) | 2001-09-03 | 2003-03-20 | Reinhold Blazejewski | Connector for a combination cable |
US20060142765A9 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2006-06-29 | Dixon Robert A | Vertebral implant for bone fixation or interbody use |
US6648917B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2003-11-18 | Medicinelodge, Inc. | Adjustable bone fusion implant and method |
US8702768B2 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2014-04-22 | Orthoip, Llc | Cannulated bone screw system and method |
US7008431B2 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2006-03-07 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Configured and sized cannula |
US7824410B2 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2010-11-02 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Instruments and methods for minimally invasive spine surgery |
US7004945B2 (en) | 2001-11-01 | 2006-02-28 | Spinewave, Inc. | Devices and methods for the restoration of a spinal disc |
US7799833B2 (en) | 2001-11-01 | 2010-09-21 | Spine Wave, Inc. | System and method for the pretreatment of the endplates of an intervertebral disc |
US6685706B2 (en) | 2001-11-19 | 2004-02-03 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Proximal anchors for bone fixation system |
FR2832917B1 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2004-09-24 | Spine Next Sa | ELASTICALLY DEFORMABLE INTERVERTEBRAL IMPLANT |
CN101612435B (en) | 2001-12-26 | 2012-03-21 | 耶鲁大学 | Vascular access device |
US6932820B2 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2005-08-23 | Said G. Osman | Uni-directional dynamic spinal fixation device |
US6733534B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2004-05-11 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | System and method for spine spacing |
JP2003230565A (en) | 2002-02-12 | 2003-08-19 | Univ Tokyo | Active trocar |
US6875215B2 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2005-04-05 | John Stanley Taras | Distraction pin for fracture fixation |
US7402040B2 (en) | 2002-02-27 | 2008-07-22 | Arsline Sa | Osseous preparation tool used in dental medicine and device for the use thereof |
US6669729B2 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2003-12-30 | Kingsley Richard Chin | Apparatus and method for the replacement of posterior vertebral elements |
US20030187431A1 (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2003-10-02 | Simonson Robert E. | Apparatus and method for targeting for surgical procedures |
FI113616B (en) | 2002-04-22 | 2004-05-31 | Inion Ltd | Instrument |
JP4583032B2 (en) | 2002-04-25 | 2010-11-17 | ザ ボード オブ トラスティーズ オブ ザ リランド スタンフォード ジュニア ユニヴァーシティ | Inflatable guide sheath and apparatus and method using the sheath |
US7179294B2 (en) | 2002-04-25 | 2007-02-20 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Articular disc prosthesis and method for implanting the same |
US7384422B2 (en) | 2002-05-06 | 2008-06-10 | Pressure Products Medical Supplies, Inc. | Telescopic, separable introducer and method of using the same |
US7048736B2 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2006-05-23 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Device for fixation of spinous processes |
US8388684B2 (en) * | 2002-05-23 | 2013-03-05 | Pioneer Signal Technology, Inc. | Artificial disc device |
US8328716B2 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2012-12-11 | Arthrex, Inc. | Retracting cannula |
US20030220643A1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2003-11-27 | Ferree Bret A. | Devices to prevent spinal extension |
WO2003105673A2 (en) | 2002-06-17 | 2003-12-24 | Trimedyne, Inc. | Devices and methods for minimally invasive treatment of degenerated spinal discs |
US20030233098A1 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2003-12-18 | Stryker Spine | Variable depth drill guide |
US20040008949A1 (en) | 2002-06-21 | 2004-01-15 | Gang Liu | Fiber optic connection system and method of using the same |
US7066960B1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2006-06-27 | Dickman Curtis A | Intervertebral disk replacement |
FR2841764B1 (en) | 2002-07-05 | 2005-05-20 | Newdeal Sa | SCREW OF OSTEOSYNTHESIS AND SELF-TAPPING AND SELF-FORWARD COMPRESSION |
EP1523278B1 (en) | 2002-07-19 | 2009-11-11 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Apparatus for spinal fixation |
US7993351B2 (en) | 2002-07-24 | 2011-08-09 | Pressure Products Medical Supplies, Inc. | Telescopic introducer with a compound curvature for inducing alignment and method of using the same |
DE10236691B4 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2005-12-01 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | Dynamic stabilization device for bones, in particular for vertebrae |
US7074226B2 (en) | 2002-09-19 | 2006-07-11 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Oval dilator and retractor set and method |
US7018415B1 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2006-03-28 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Expandable spinal fusion device and methods of promoting spinal fusion |
US7625378B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2009-12-01 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Devices and methods for securing a bone plate to a bony segment |
US6723126B1 (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2004-04-20 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Laterally expandable cage |
US6685742B1 (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2004-02-03 | Roger P. Jackson | Articulated anterior expandable spinal fusion cage system |
AU2002340694B2 (en) | 2002-11-13 | 2006-09-21 | Synthes Gmbh | Articular facet interference screw |
AU2003295600A1 (en) | 2002-11-14 | 2004-06-15 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Functional and hyperfunctional sirna |
US7641677B2 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2010-01-05 | Orthopediatrics Corp. | Compression bone fragment wire |
AU2003298670A1 (en) | 2002-11-21 | 2004-06-18 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Systems and techniques for intravertebral spinal stabilization with expandable devices |
US7175625B2 (en) | 2002-11-25 | 2007-02-13 | Triage Medical | Soft tissue anchor and method of using same |
US7587587B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2009-09-08 | Broadcom Corporation | Data path security processing |
US20040186471A1 (en) | 2002-12-07 | 2004-09-23 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Method and apparatus for intervertebral disc expansion |
JP4137622B2 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2008-08-20 | オリンパス株式会社 | Ultrasonic trocar system |
US20050055096A1 (en) | 2002-12-31 | 2005-03-10 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Functional spinal unit prosthetic |
US7070601B2 (en) | 2003-01-16 | 2006-07-04 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Locking plate for bone anchors |
US20040147950A1 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2004-07-29 | Mueller Richard L. | Atraumatic dilator for human mammary duct |
US7166088B2 (en) | 2003-01-27 | 2007-01-23 | Heuser Richard R | Catheter introducer system |
US7118572B2 (en) | 2003-02-03 | 2006-10-10 | Orthopedic Designs, Inc. | Femoral neck compression screw system with ortho-biologic material delivery capability |
US7090680B2 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2006-08-15 | Bonati Alfred O | Method for removing orthopaedic hardware |
US7335203B2 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2008-02-26 | Kyphon Inc. | System and method for immobilizing adjacent spinous processes |
US7094257B2 (en) | 2003-02-14 | 2006-08-22 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral implant cage |
WO2004078220A2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2004-09-16 | Triage Medical Inc. | Tool for bone fixation device |
US7641659B2 (en) | 2003-03-13 | 2010-01-05 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Spinal access instrument |
WO2004082526A2 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2004-09-30 | Schneiderman Gary A | Intervertebral disk nuclear augmentation system |
US6960216B2 (en) | 2003-03-21 | 2005-11-01 | Depuy Acromed, Inc. | Modular drill guide |
US7753912B2 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2010-07-13 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Tissue distraction device |
US7776047B2 (en) | 2003-04-09 | 2010-08-17 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Guide for spinal tools, implants, and devices |
US8613772B2 (en) | 2003-04-21 | 2013-12-24 | Rsb Spine Llc | Lateral mount implant device |
US7354442B2 (en) | 2003-05-05 | 2008-04-08 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Bone anchor and methods of using the same |
WO2004098453A2 (en) | 2003-05-06 | 2004-11-18 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Proximal anchors for bone fixation system |
US6997929B2 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2006-02-14 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Tissue distraction device |
US7749251B2 (en) | 2003-06-13 | 2010-07-06 | Aeolin, Llc | Method and apparatus for stabilization of facet joint |
DE20309481U1 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2003-09-04 | stryker Trauma GmbH, 24232 Schönkirchen | Device for correctly inserting a guide wire for a drilling tool into a bone |
JP4390484B2 (en) | 2003-06-24 | 2009-12-24 | 学校法人日本大学 | Orthopedic appliance |
US7909848B2 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2011-03-22 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Tissue retractor and guide device |
US20050043796A1 (en) | 2003-07-01 | 2005-02-24 | Grant Richard L. | Spinal disc nucleus implant |
US6945975B2 (en) | 2003-07-07 | 2005-09-20 | Aesculap, Inc. | Bone fixation assembly and method of securement |
US7074238B2 (en) | 2003-07-08 | 2006-07-11 | Archus Orthopedics, Inc. | Prostheses, tools and methods for replacement of natural facet joints with artificial facet joint surfaces |
EP1646336B1 (en) | 2003-07-22 | 2009-07-08 | Synthes GmbH | Intervertebral implant comprising dome-shaped joint surfaces |
US7621956B2 (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2009-11-24 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Prosthetic spinal disc replacement |
US7753958B2 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2010-07-13 | Gordon Charles R | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US7377942B2 (en) | 2003-08-06 | 2008-05-27 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Posterior elements motion restoring device |
ITMO20030232A1 (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2005-02-08 | Sacmi | MEANS OF CAPSULE |
FR2858929B1 (en) | 2003-08-21 | 2005-09-30 | Spine Next Sa | "INTERVERTEBRAL IMPLANT FOR LOMBO-SACRED JOINT" |
US7811303B2 (en) | 2003-08-26 | 2010-10-12 | Medicine Lodge Inc | Bodily tissue dilation systems and methods |
DE602004018342D1 (en) | 2003-08-26 | 2009-01-22 | Zimmer Spine Inc | ACCESS SYSTEMS FOR MINIMALLY INVASIVE SURGERY |
US7731737B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2010-06-08 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for fixation of the spine through an access device |
US7655012B2 (en) | 2003-10-02 | 2010-02-02 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for minimally invasive replacement of intervertebral discs |
US20050090899A1 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2005-04-28 | Dipoto Gene | Methods and apparatuses for treating the spine through an access device |
US7109977B2 (en) | 2003-10-05 | 2006-09-19 | T2D, Inc. | Slipcover touch input apparatus for displays of computing devices |
US7530993B2 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2009-05-12 | Trans1 Inc. | Method of spinal fixation |
US7591837B2 (en) | 2003-10-28 | 2009-09-22 | Pyramid Spine, Llc | Facet triangle spinal fixation device and method of use |
US7862586B2 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2011-01-04 | Life Spine, Inc. | Spinal stabilization systems |
FR2862866B1 (en) | 2003-11-28 | 2006-12-15 | Gilles Voydeville | POSTERO-LATERAL INTERVERTEBRAL DISCSTRATE |
US7217291B2 (en) | 2003-12-08 | 2007-05-15 | St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. | System and method for replacing degenerated spinal disks |
US8926700B2 (en) | 2003-12-10 | 2015-01-06 | Gmedelware 2 LLC | Spinal facet joint implant |
US20050131406A1 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2005-06-16 | Archus Orthopedics, Inc. | Polyaxial adjustment of facet joint prostheses |
US20050149030A1 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2005-07-07 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Facet joint fixation system |
US7488326B2 (en) | 2004-01-02 | 2009-02-10 | Zimmer Technology, Inc. | Combination targeting guide and driver instrument for use in orthopaedic surgical procedures |
JP4440939B2 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2010-03-24 | スパイン・ウェイブ・インコーポレーテッド | Apparatus and method for injecting flowable material into distracted tissue site |
US7875077B2 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2011-01-25 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Support structure device and method |
US20050154467A1 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2005-07-14 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Interconnected spinal device and method |
US7550010B2 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2009-06-23 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Spinal arthroplasty device and method |
US20050171610A1 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2005-08-04 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Mobile bearing spinal device and method |
US7771479B2 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2010-08-10 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Dual articulating spinal device and method |
US7556651B2 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2009-07-07 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Posterior spinal device and method |
US7901459B2 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2011-03-08 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Split spinal device and method |
US20050216026A1 (en) | 2004-01-14 | 2005-09-29 | Culbert Brad S | Guidance system for spinal stabilization |
WO2005072301A2 (en) | 2004-01-26 | 2005-08-11 | Reiley Mark A | Percutaneous spine distraction implant systems and methods |
US7846183B2 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2010-12-07 | Spinal Elements, Inc. | Vertebral facet joint prosthesis and method of fixation |
US7850733B2 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2010-12-14 | Atlas Spine, Inc. | PLIF opposing wedge ramp |
US8273129B2 (en) | 2004-02-10 | 2012-09-25 | Atlas Spine, Inc. | PLIF opposing wedge ramp |
US7763073B2 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2010-07-27 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Posterior process dynamic spacer |
JP2005259179A (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2005-09-22 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Cassette library device and its attitude control method |
JP4874970B2 (en) | 2004-06-07 | 2012-02-15 | ジンテス ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Orthopedic implant with sensor |
US7344564B2 (en) | 2004-06-08 | 2008-03-18 | Spinal Generations, Llc | Expandable spinal stabilization device |
US8337557B2 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2012-12-25 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Apparatus and kit for injecting a curable biomaterial into an intervertebral space |
US7261738B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2007-08-28 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | C-shaped disc prosthesis |
US20060004398A1 (en) | 2004-07-02 | 2006-01-05 | Binder Lawrence J Jr | Sequential dilator system |
US7434325B2 (en) | 2004-07-26 | 2008-10-14 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Systems and methods for determining optimal retractor length in minimally invasive procedures |
WO2006017507A2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Triage Medical | Telescopic percutaneous tissue dilation systems and related methods |
US20060036259A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Carl Allen L | Spine treatment devices and methods |
US7708765B2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2010-05-04 | K Spine, Inc. | Spine stabilization device and method |
US9387313B2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2016-07-12 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Telescopic percutaneous tissue dilation systems and related methods |
US7611526B2 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2009-11-03 | K Spine, Inc. | Spinous process reinforcement device and method |
US20060030872A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-09 | Brad Culbert | Dilation introducer for orthopedic surgery |
US20060036323A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-16 | Carl Alan L | Facet device and method |
US8388667B2 (en) | 2004-08-09 | 2013-03-05 | Si-Bone, Inc. | Systems and methods for the fixation or fusion of bone using compressive implants |
US20060036241A1 (en) | 2004-08-11 | 2006-02-16 | Tzony Siegal | Spinal surgery system and method |
US20060041314A1 (en) | 2004-08-20 | 2006-02-23 | Thierry Millard | Artificial disc prosthesis |
US7875078B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2011-01-25 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Expandable interbody fusion device |
US20060047296A1 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2006-03-02 | Sdg Holdings, Inc. | Annulus replacement system and technique |
USD536096S1 (en) | 2004-09-22 | 2007-01-30 | Joimax Gmbh | Operation table |
US7396360B2 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2008-07-08 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Minimally invasive method and apparatus for fusing adjacent vertebrae |
US20060085010A1 (en) | 2004-09-29 | 2006-04-20 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Minimally invasive method and apparatus for placing facet screws and fusing adjacent vertebrae |
US8012207B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2011-09-06 | Vertiflex, Inc. | Systems and methods for posterior dynamic stabilization of the spine |
WO2009009049A2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2009-01-15 | Vertiflex, Inc. | Interspinous spacer |
AU2005299397A1 (en) | 2004-10-25 | 2006-05-04 | Alphaspine, Inc. | Expandable intervertebral spacer method and apparatus |
US20060089642A1 (en) | 2004-10-27 | 2006-04-27 | Diaz Robert L | Prefracture spinal implant for osteoporotic unfractured bone |
US20060106381A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2006-05-18 | Ferree Bret A | Methods and apparatus for treating spinal stenosis |
US7857832B2 (en) | 2004-12-08 | 2010-12-28 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal stabilization |
JP4029895B2 (en) | 2004-12-08 | 2008-01-09 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Droplet ejection device, droplet ejection method, electro-optic device manufacturing method, electro-optic device, and electronic apparatus |
US7648523B2 (en) | 2004-12-08 | 2010-01-19 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal stabilization |
US7309357B2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2007-12-18 | Infinesse, Corporation | Prosthetic spinal discs |
US7217283B2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2007-05-15 | Depuy Products, Inc. | Orthopaedic implant for vascularization of the femoral head |
US20060247778A1 (en) | 2005-01-26 | 2006-11-02 | Ferree Bret A | Intradiscal devices including spacers facilitating posterior-lateral and other insertion approaches |
US7825083B2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2010-11-02 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Synovial fluid barrier |
US8911498B2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2014-12-16 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Intervertebral prosthetic disc |
US7690381B2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2010-04-06 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Intervertebral prosthetic disc and method for installing using a guidewire |
US20060200186A1 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2006-09-07 | Marchek Connie P | Adjustable access device for surgical procedures |
US8470039B2 (en) | 2005-03-17 | 2013-06-25 | Spinal Elements, Inc. | Flanged interbody fusion device with fastener insert and retaining ring |
WO2006108067A2 (en) | 2005-04-05 | 2006-10-12 | Triage Medical, Inc. | Tissue dilation systems and related methods |
US7862590B2 (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2011-01-04 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Interspinous process spacer |
US8128670B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2012-03-06 | Biodynamics Llc | Surgical expansion fasteners |
US9237908B2 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2016-01-19 | Spine Wave, Inc. | Dynamic stabilization system for the spine |
US20060247634A1 (en) | 2005-05-02 | 2006-11-02 | Warner Kenneth D | Spinous Process Spacer Implant and Technique |
US20060276901A1 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-07 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US7727279B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2010-06-01 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US20060276899A1 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-07 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US20060276902A1 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-07 | Zipnick Richard I | Minimally invasive apparatus to manipulate and revitalize spinal column disc |
US7837688B2 (en) | 2005-06-13 | 2010-11-23 | Globus Medical | Spinous process spacer |
US7753938B2 (en) | 2005-08-05 | 2010-07-13 | Synthes Usa, Llc | Apparatus for treating spinal stenosis |
US7722674B1 (en) | 2005-08-12 | 2010-05-25 | Innvotec Surgical Inc. | Linearly expanding spine cage for enhanced spinal fusion |
US7799057B2 (en) | 2005-09-02 | 2010-09-21 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Translaminar facet augmentation and flexible spinal stabilization |
US8603098B2 (en) | 2005-09-12 | 2013-12-10 | K2M, Inc. | Posterior modular disc replacement system |
US8882841B2 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2014-11-11 | Us Spine, Inc. | Steerable interbody fusion cage |
GB2430396A (en) | 2005-09-23 | 2007-03-28 | Thomas Hoogland | A surgical drill |
US20080221623A1 (en) | 2005-10-17 | 2008-09-11 | Gooch Hubert L | Systems and Methods for the Medical Treatment of Structural Tissue |
JP2009512522A (en) | 2005-10-21 | 2009-03-26 | アキュームド・エルエルシー | Orthopedic rod with a clamping opening |
DE202005016761U1 (en) | 2005-10-26 | 2006-11-30 | Joimax Gmbh | Surgical milling cutter in particular for removal of tissue from facet joint at spine, comprises handle to be attached with quick joining mechanism |
DE202005016762U1 (en) | 2005-10-26 | 2006-11-30 | Joimax Gmbh | Surgical milling cutter in particular for removal of tissue from facet joint at spine, comprises slightly widened front area |
US7967862B2 (en) | 2005-11-23 | 2011-06-28 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Posterior articular disc and method for implantation |
US7862592B2 (en) | 2005-12-06 | 2011-01-04 | Nuvasive, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for treating spinal stenosis |
EP1968466A2 (en) | 2005-12-19 | 2008-09-17 | M. S. Abdou | Devices for inter-vertebral orthopedic device placement |
FR2894808B1 (en) | 2005-12-20 | 2009-02-06 | Spineart Sa Sa | ANATOMICAL DISC DISC SPACER AND ITS APPLICATIONS |
US20070213822A1 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2007-09-13 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Treatment of the vertebral column |
US20070233089A1 (en) | 2006-02-17 | 2007-10-04 | Endius, Inc. | Systems and methods for reducing adjacent level disc disease |
US8157845B2 (en) | 2006-03-22 | 2012-04-17 | Beacon Biomedical, Llc | Pivotable vetrebral spacer |
US8137404B2 (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2012-03-20 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Artificial disc replacement using posterior approach |
US20070233244A1 (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2007-10-04 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Artificial Disc Replacement Using Posterior Approach |
US20070270954A1 (en) | 2006-04-05 | 2007-11-22 | Shing-Sheng Wu | Human bone substitutional implant |
CA2649107A1 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2007-10-25 | Spinal Motion, Inc. | Posterior spinal device and method |
WO2007119212A2 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2007-10-25 | Marcus Vincent Van Heerden | A surgical access device |
WO2007124130A2 (en) | 2006-04-21 | 2007-11-01 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal fixation |
US20070260314A1 (en) * | 2006-05-02 | 2007-11-08 | Ashok Biyani | Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion cage |
US20070260318A1 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2007-11-08 | Lawson Kevin J | Modular disc for spinal arthroplasty through a small posterior exposure with intradiscalor intervertebral assembly in-situ |
WO2010062971A1 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2010-06-03 | Anova Corporation | Methods and apparatus for anulus repair |
FI20065385L (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2007-12-27 | Bioretec Oy | Bone fixation device |
EP1868149B1 (en) | 2006-06-14 | 2019-08-07 | Dassault Systèmes | Improved computerized collaborative work |
USD584812S1 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2009-01-13 | Joimax Gmbh | Medical pump |
DE102006045508B3 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2007-12-27 | Joimax Gmbh | Bone cutter manufacturing method, involves determining tube periphery of cutter-shaft, determining middle desired tooth height of cutter-toothing, and determining desired tooth period length of cutter-toothing from desired tooth height |
US20080082172A1 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Jackson Roger P | Interspinous process spacer |
GB0620400D0 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2006-11-22 | Seddon Peter | Spinal implant |
US8057481B2 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2011-11-15 | Innovative Spine, Llc | System and method for providing surgical access to a spine |
ES2339472T3 (en) | 2006-11-23 | 2010-05-20 | Biedermann Motech Gmbh | EXPANSIBLE INTERVERTEBRAL IMPLANT. |
ES2279733B1 (en) | 2006-11-27 | 2008-08-16 | Rudolf Morgenstern Lopez | DEVICE FOR ELIMINATION OF FABRIC IN ENDOSCOPIC OPERATIONS. |
US7887548B2 (en) | 2006-12-05 | 2011-02-15 | Aesculap Implant Systems, Llc | Screw insertion guide tube with window |
US8105382B2 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2012-01-31 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US7972382B2 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2011-07-05 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Minimally invasive spinal distraction devices and methods |
US8317845B2 (en) | 2007-01-19 | 2012-11-27 | Alexa Medical, Llc | Screw and method of use |
US8043334B2 (en) | 2007-04-13 | 2011-10-25 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Articulating facet fusion screw |
US20080262619A1 (en) | 2007-04-18 | 2008-10-23 | Ray Charles D | Interspinous process cushioned spacer |
US8864832B2 (en) | 2007-06-20 | 2014-10-21 | Hh Spinal Llc | Posterior total joint replacement |
US7998176B2 (en) | 2007-06-08 | 2011-08-16 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal stabilization |
US8900307B2 (en) | 2007-06-26 | 2014-12-02 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Highly lordosed fusion cage |
US8133232B2 (en) | 2007-07-17 | 2012-03-13 | Expanding Orthopedics Inc. | Expandable bone device |
US20110098628A1 (en) | 2007-07-25 | 2011-04-28 | Yeung Jeffrey E | Internal and external disc shunts alleviate back pain |
CA2732793A1 (en) | 2007-08-02 | 2009-02-05 | Proactive Orthopedic, Llc | Fixation and alignment device and method used in orthopaedic surgery |
US20090062807A1 (en) | 2007-08-27 | 2009-03-05 | Vermillion Technologies, Llc | Device and method for placement of interbody device |
US8343189B2 (en) | 2007-09-25 | 2013-01-01 | Zyga Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for facet joint stabilization |
US9387009B2 (en) | 2007-10-05 | 2016-07-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Dilation system and method of using the same |
US7789901B2 (en) | 2007-10-11 | 2010-09-07 | Zimmer Gmbh | Bone anchor system |
US8551171B2 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2013-10-08 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Methods of stabilizing the sacroiliac joint |
US8556949B2 (en) | 2007-11-14 | 2013-10-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Hybrid bone fixation element and methods of using the same |
US8961571B2 (en) | 2007-11-19 | 2015-02-24 | David Lee | Method and apparatus for spinal facet joint fusion using irregularly shaped cortical bone implants |
US8118873B2 (en) | 2008-01-16 | 2012-02-21 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Total joint replacement |
US20090187246A1 (en) | 2008-01-22 | 2009-07-23 | Foley Kevin T | Interbody implants for spinal alignment procedures |
ES2399313T3 (en) | 2008-01-29 | 2013-03-27 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Polyethylene compositions, method to produce them, articles made with them, and method to manufacture them |
US8267939B2 (en) | 2008-02-28 | 2012-09-18 | Stryker Spine | Tool for implanting expandable intervertebral implant |
WO2009113077A2 (en) | 2008-03-14 | 2009-09-17 | Mazor Surgical Technologies Ltd. | Segmented insert for intervertebral support |
US8795365B2 (en) | 2008-03-24 | 2014-08-05 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc | Expandable devices for emplacement in body parts and methods associated therewith |
US8252013B2 (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2012-08-28 | Kyphon Sarl | Expandable surgical access device and methods of use |
ES2334622B1 (en) | 2008-05-26 | 2011-01-03 | Rudolf Morgenstern Lopez | DEVICE FOR ELIMINATION OF OSEO FABRIC IN ENDOSCOPIC OPERATIONS. |
ES2361099B1 (en) | 2008-05-26 | 2012-05-08 | Rudolf Morgenstern Lopez | "INTERVERTEBRAL PROSTHESIS" |
CN102119007A (en) | 2008-06-19 | 2011-07-06 | 斯恩蒂斯有限公司 | Bone screw purchase augmentation implants, systems and techniques |
WO2010009153A1 (en) * | 2008-07-18 | 2010-01-21 | Spinalmotion, Inc. | Posterior prosthetic intervertebral disc |
GB0813659D0 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2008-09-03 | Smith & Nephew | Fracture putty |
FR2935072A1 (en) | 2008-08-12 | 2010-02-19 | Radiall Sa | MULTICONTACT CONNECTOR ELEMENT |
KR20100023541A (en) | 2008-08-22 | 2010-03-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Connector unit and display device having the same |
US20100082109A1 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2010-04-01 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Expandable intervertebral implant |
US20100114147A1 (en) | 2008-10-30 | 2010-05-06 | The University Of Toledo | Directional soft tissue dilator and docking pin with integrated light source for optimization of retractor placement in minimally invasive spine surgery |
US20100211176A1 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2010-08-19 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Fixation device and method |
US20100191336A1 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2010-07-29 | Stout Medical Group. L.P. | Fixation device and method |
US8147549B2 (en) | 2008-11-24 | 2012-04-03 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Orthopedic implant with sensor communications antenna and associated diagnostics measuring, monitoring, and response system |
US20110144687A1 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2011-06-16 | Kleiner Jeffrey | Lateral Based Retractor System |
US8216316B2 (en) | 2008-12-17 | 2012-07-10 | X-Spine Systems, Inc. | Prosthetic implant with biplanar angulation and compound angles |
WO2010078510A2 (en) | 2008-12-31 | 2010-07-08 | Spineology, Inc. | System and method for performing percutaneous spinal interbody fusion |
US20100217330A1 (en) | 2009-02-24 | 2010-08-26 | Phan Christopher U | Bone fixation devices and methods |
EP2408382A4 (en) * | 2009-03-13 | 2013-06-19 | Univ Toledo | Minimally invasive collapsible cage |
US9241798B2 (en) | 2009-03-20 | 2016-01-26 | David A. Petersen | Surgical methods and tools |
US8252060B2 (en) | 2009-04-02 | 2012-08-28 | Globus Medical Inc. | Method of installation of intervertebral spacers |
US20100268341A1 (en) | 2009-04-16 | 2010-10-21 | WARSAW ORTHOPEDIC, INC., An Indian Corporation | Minimally invasive expandable vertebral implant and method |
US8343035B2 (en) | 2009-04-20 | 2013-01-01 | Spine View, Inc. | Dilator with direct visualization |
DE202009006792U1 (en) | 2009-05-12 | 2010-09-23 | Joimax Gmbh | Spinal cutter |
US8382842B2 (en) | 2009-05-14 | 2013-02-26 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Expandable support device and method of use |
WO2010135156A1 (en) | 2009-05-21 | 2010-11-25 | Novalign Orthopaedics, Inc. | Snap and twist segmented intramedullary system, apparatus and associated methods |
DE102009022692B8 (en) | 2009-05-26 | 2013-09-12 | Joimax Gmbh | Apparatus and method for applying a medical lockable clip in a tissue area |
WO2010148112A1 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2010-12-23 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Expandable support device and method of use |
US20100331891A1 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2010-12-30 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | System and method for spinal fixation |
US8652183B1 (en) | 2009-07-07 | 2014-02-18 | Mari S Truman | Multi-angle orthopedic expansion head fastener |
US8685031B2 (en) | 2009-09-18 | 2014-04-01 | Spinal Surgical Strategies, Llc | Bone graft delivery system |
WO2011037653A1 (en) | 2009-09-24 | 2011-03-31 | Medicinelodge, Inc. Dab Imds Co-Innovation | Surgical rasping systems and methods |
US8480748B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2013-07-09 | Nicholas Poulos | Lordotic expandable interbody implant and method |
WO2011046460A1 (en) | 2009-10-14 | 2011-04-21 | Manuel Laranjeira Gomes | Dynamic biocompatible cage for replacing intervertebral disks of the vertebral column |
US8062375B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2011-11-22 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8685098B2 (en) | 2010-06-25 | 2014-04-01 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8556979B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2013-10-15 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8679183B2 (en) | 2010-06-25 | 2014-03-25 | Globus Medical | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8709086B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2014-04-29 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8277509B2 (en) | 2009-12-07 | 2012-10-02 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Transforaminal prosthetic spinal disc apparatus |
US20110153020A1 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2011-06-23 | Custom Spine, Inc. | Anterior Lumbar Interbody |
DE202009017097U1 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2011-02-24 | Joimax Gmbh | Endoscope especially for minimally invasive spine surgery |
US8795366B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2014-08-05 | Innova Spinal Technologies, Llc | Expandable intervertebral implant and associated surgical method |
US8894711B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2014-11-25 | Innova Spinal Technologies, Llc | Expandable intervertebral implant and associated surgical method |
US8894712B2 (en) | 2010-01-11 | 2014-11-25 | Innova Spinal Technologies, Llc | Expandable intervertebral implant and associated surgical method |
US20110307010A1 (en) | 2010-02-18 | 2011-12-15 | Osprey Biomedical Corp. | Interspinous device and method of implanting |
US9265622B2 (en) | 2010-03-22 | 2016-02-23 | Amendia, Inc. | Percutaneous arthrodesis method and system |
US8496709B2 (en) | 2010-03-22 | 2013-07-30 | Amendia, Inc | Spinal Implant |
US20110238072A1 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2011-09-29 | Tyndall Dwight S | Minimally Invasive Surgical (MIS) Technique and System for Performing an Interbody Lumbar Fusion with a Navigatable Intervertebral Disc Removal Device and Collapsible Intervertebral Device |
US8858636B2 (en) | 2010-04-09 | 2014-10-14 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Intervertebral implant |
WO2011142761A1 (en) | 2010-05-13 | 2011-11-17 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Fixation device and method |
US8535380B2 (en) | 2010-05-13 | 2013-09-17 | Stout Medical Group, L.P. | Fixation device and method |
WO2011150350A1 (en) | 2010-05-28 | 2011-12-01 | Benvenue Medical, Inc. | Disc space sizing devices and methods of using the same |
US8506635B2 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2013-08-13 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | System and methods for a laterally expanding implant |
US20110313465A1 (en) | 2010-06-16 | 2011-12-22 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal stabilization |
AU2011271465B2 (en) | 2010-06-29 | 2015-03-19 | Synthes Gmbh | Distractible intervertebral implant |
JP5538102B2 (en) | 2010-07-07 | 2014-07-02 | 株式会社Sokudo | Substrate cleaning method and substrate cleaning apparatus |
US8852279B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2014-10-07 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8632595B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2014-01-21 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8435298B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2013-05-07 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US9855151B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2018-01-02 | Globus Medical, Inc | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8398713B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2013-03-19 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8845732B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2014-09-30 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US8845734B2 (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2014-09-30 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Expandable fusion device and method of installation thereof |
US20120065734A1 (en) | 2010-09-15 | 2012-03-15 | Spinal USA LLC | Intervertebral plate system |
US20120197405A1 (en) | 2011-01-31 | 2012-08-02 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US20120203290A1 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2012-08-09 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for spinal fixation |
EP2693989B1 (en) * | 2011-02-14 | 2017-09-20 | Imds Llc | Expandable intervertebral implants |
US20120215262A1 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2012-08-23 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Spinous process spacer and implantation procedure |
US8394129B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2013-03-12 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US8518087B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2013-08-27 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
CA2830505A1 (en) | 2011-03-21 | 2012-09-27 | Ronald Childs | Sleeve for bone fixation device |
US20120277864A1 (en) | 2011-04-26 | 2012-11-01 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Cannula assembly with non-circular profile and method of use |
US8834508B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2014-09-16 | Spinefrontier Inc | Methods, tools and devices for percutaneous access in minimally invasive spinal surgeries |
US9724132B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2017-08-08 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Devices and methods for cervical lateral fixation |
US9084647B2 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2015-07-21 | Globus Medical, Inc. | Screw with anchor features |
WO2013098758A1 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2013-07-04 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Nested cannulas with guided tools |
US8663329B2 (en) | 2012-01-28 | 2014-03-04 | Mark J Ernst | Expandable implant for mammalian bony segment stabilization |
US20130245703A1 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2013-09-19 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for sacroiliac joint fixation |
US20140067069A1 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2014-03-06 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Artificial disc |
US9492288B2 (en) | 2013-02-20 | 2016-11-15 | Flexuspine, Inc. | Expandable fusion device for positioning between adjacent vertebral bodies |
US9522070B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2016-12-20 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Intervertebral implant |
US9277928B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2016-03-08 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US20140257489A1 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2014-09-11 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9993353B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-06-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9700430B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-07-11 | Pioneer Surgical Technology, Inc. | Systems and methods for inserting an expandable intervertebral device |
-
2013
- 2013-03-11 US US13/794,067 patent/US20140067069A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-08-28 WO PCT/US2013/057144 patent/WO2014036178A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-08-28 EP EP13832602.0A patent/EP2890332A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-08-28 US US14/424,412 patent/US9883951B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7318839B2 (en) * | 2003-07-23 | 2008-01-15 | Ebi, L.P. | Expandable spinal implant |
US20070299521A1 (en) * | 2004-11-23 | 2007-12-27 | Glenn Bradley J | Minimally invasive spinal disc stabilizer and insertion tool |
Cited By (63)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10206787B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2019-02-19 | Medos International Sarl | Composite vertebral spacers and instrument |
US11020237B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2021-06-01 | Medos International Sarl | Composite vertebral spacers and instrument |
US20090248092A1 (en) * | 2008-03-26 | 2009-10-01 | Jonathan Bellas | Posterior Intervertebral Disc Inserter and Expansion Techniques |
US10206784B2 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2019-02-19 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Posterior intervertebral disc inserter and expansion techniques |
US9687354B2 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2017-06-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Posterior intervertebral disc inserter and expansion techniques |
US11612491B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2023-03-28 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Zero profile spinal fusion cage |
US10624758B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2020-04-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Zero profile spinal fusion cage |
US10500062B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2019-12-10 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Bellows-like expandable interbody fusion cage |
US11607321B2 (en) | 2009-12-10 | 2023-03-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Bellows-like expandable interbody fusion cage |
US10335289B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2019-07-02 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Stand alone intervertebral fusion device |
US11678996B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2023-06-20 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Stand alone intervertebral fusion device |
US11529241B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2022-12-20 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Fusion cage with in-line single piece fixation |
US11382768B2 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2022-07-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Implant inserter having a laterally-extending dovetail engagement feature |
US10744004B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2020-08-18 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11547443B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2023-01-10 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11484420B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2022-11-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11484418B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2022-11-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10729462B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2020-08-04 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10111759B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2018-10-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11484419B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2022-11-01 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10182842B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2019-01-22 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9486149B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2016-11-08 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11547442B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2023-01-10 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10743914B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2020-08-18 | DePuy Snythes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10743913B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2020-08-18 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10743915B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2020-08-18 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9492194B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2016-11-15 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10736661B2 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2020-08-11 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US20130184771A1 (en) * | 2012-01-12 | 2013-07-18 | Wyatt Drake Geist | Access assembly for anterior and lateral spinal procedures |
US10080592B2 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2018-09-25 | Integrity Implants, Inc. | Access assembly for anterior and lateral spinal procedures |
US9463052B2 (en) * | 2012-01-12 | 2016-10-11 | Integrity Implants Inc. | Access assembly for anterior and lateral spinal procedures |
US9668877B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2017-06-06 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Nubbed plate |
US11844702B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2023-12-19 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Nubbed plate |
US9662225B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2017-05-30 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Nubbed plate |
US10327915B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2019-06-25 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Nubbed plate |
US9872781B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2018-01-23 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Nubbed plate |
US11071634B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2021-07-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Nubbed plate |
US9883951B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2018-02-06 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Artificial disc |
US11497616B2 (en) | 2012-11-09 | 2022-11-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Interbody device with opening to allow packing graft and other biologics |
US10182921B2 (en) | 2012-11-09 | 2019-01-22 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Interbody device with opening to allow packing graft and other biologics |
US10898342B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2021-01-26 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10898341B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2021-01-26 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10918495B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2021-02-16 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9855058B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2018-01-02 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10813772B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2020-10-27 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11759329B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2023-09-19 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US12004960B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2024-06-11 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9277928B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2016-03-08 | Interventional Spine, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US10537443B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2020-01-21 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11590002B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2023-02-28 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US9993353B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-06-12 | DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants |
US11331200B2 (en) | 2014-12-11 | 2022-05-17 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
US10363142B2 (en) | 2014-12-11 | 2019-07-30 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
EP3031424A1 (en) * | 2014-12-11 | 2016-06-15 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
US9931227B2 (en) * | 2015-03-13 | 2018-04-03 | Redemed S.R.L. | Intervertebral prosthesis, apparatus for implanting intervertebral prostheses and surgical method for implanting intervertebral prostheses, particularly for percutaneous minimally-invasive surgical procedures |
US20160262911A1 (en) * | 2015-03-13 | 2016-09-15 | Redemed S.R.L. | Intervertebral prosthesis, apparatus for implanting intervertebral prostheses and surgical method for implanting intervertebral prostheses, particularly for percutaneous minimally-invasive surgical procedures |
US10653443B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2020-05-19 | Integrity Implants, Inc. | Access assembly for anterior and lateral spinal procedures |
US10058350B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2018-08-28 | Integrity Implants, Inc. | Access assembly for anterior and lateral spinal procedures |
US10940016B2 (en) | 2017-07-05 | 2021-03-09 | Medos International Sarl | Expandable intervertebral fusion cage |
US11291552B2 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2022-04-05 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
US10441430B2 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2019-10-15 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
US12029662B2 (en) | 2017-07-24 | 2024-07-09 | K2M, Inc. | Expandable spinal implants |
CN109394299A (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-03-01 | 霍格兰德脊柱产品公司 | For removing the surgical reamer of bone |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP2890332A1 (en) | 2015-07-08 |
EP2890332A4 (en) | 2016-04-20 |
WO2014036178A1 (en) | 2014-03-06 |
US20150223948A1 (en) | 2015-08-13 |
US9883951B2 (en) | 2018-02-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11547443B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants | |
US11484418B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for minimally invasive insertion of intervertebral implants | |
US9883951B2 (en) | Artificial disc |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: INTERVENTIONAL SPINE, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:LOPEZ, RUDOLF MORGENSTERN;REEL/FRAME:030731/0204 Effective date: 20130627 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |